UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.DC 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from  to __________to__________

Commission file number: 001-39599

Commission File Number: 001-39599HOLLEY INC.

EMPOWER LTD.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Cayman IslandsN/A

Delaware

87-1727560

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
No.)

c/o MidOcean Partners

245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor

New York, NY

10167
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

1801 Russellville Road, Bowling Green, KY42101

(212) 497-1400(Address of principal executive offices)

(270) 782-2900

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area codecode)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report) N/A

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

symbol(s)

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Units, each consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, $0.0001

Common Stock, par value and one-third of one redeemable warrant$0.0001

Warrants to purchase common stock

EMPW.U

HLLY

HLLY WS

The

New York Stock Exchange

Class A Ordinary Shares included as part of the unitsEMPWThe

New York Stock Exchange

Redeemable Warrants included as part of the units, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50EMPW WSThe New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act)Act). Yes No

The Registrant was not a public company atAs of June 30, 2020,2021, the last business day of the Registrant’sregistrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and therefore it cannot calculate the aggregate market value of its voting and non-votingthe common equity held by non-affiliates at such date. The Registrant’s units began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 9, 2020 and the Registrant’s Class A ordinary shares began separate trading on November 27, 2020. The aggregate market valuestock outstanding of Empower Ltd. (the former name of the Registrant’s Class A ordinary shares outstanding,registrant), other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the Registrant, at December 31, 2020 was approximately $250,250,000.00. As of March 5, 2021, there were 25,000,000registrant, computed by reference to the closing sales price for the ordinary shares of Empower Ltd. on such date, as reported on the Company’s Class A ordinaryNew York Stock Exchange, was $250,250,000. On July 19, 2021, the registrant’s common stock and warrants began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “HLLY” and “HLLY WS,” respectively.

There were 117,993,139 shares of Common Stock, including 2,187,500 restricted earn-out shares, par value $0.0001 per share, issued and 6,250,000 sharesoutstanding as of March 14, 2022.

Documents incorporated by reference: Parts of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001, issued and outstanding.

Documents Incorporatedregistrant’s Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by Reference: None.

reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

PART I

Item 1. Business

Business1

5

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

10

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

45

32

Item 2. Properties

Properties45

32

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

45

32

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

45

32

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

46

33

Item 6. Reserved

Selected Financial Data47

33

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

47

34

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

50

44

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

50

45

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

50

45

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

50

45

Item 9B.

Other Information

50

46

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

46

PART III

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

51

47

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

59

47

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

59

47

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

62

47

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

64

47

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

48

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

65

48

1


i

Certain TermsCAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Unless otherwise stated in this Annual Report or the context otherwise requires, references to:

“amended and restated memorandum and articles of association” are to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that the Company adopted prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering;

“Companies Law” are to the Companies Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;

“directors” are to our directors;

“forward purchase agreement” is to the agreement providing for the sale of forward purchase units to the forward purchase investors in a private placement that will close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination, subject to approval at such time by the MidOcean investment committee;

“forward purchase investors” are Empower Funding and any assignees of Empower Funding under Empower Funding’s forward purchase agreement;

“forward purchase securities” are to the forward purchase shares and forward purchase warrants;

“forward purchase shares” are to the Class A ordinary shares included in the forward purchase units;

“forward purchase units” are to the units to be issued to the forward purchase investors pursuant to the forward purchase agreement;

“forward purchase warrants” are to the warrants to purchase our Class A ordinary shares included in the forward purchase units;

“Founders” are to Matthew Rubel and Graham Clempson;

“founder shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially issued to our sponsor in a private placement prior to the Initial Public Offering and the Class A ordinary shares that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A ordinary shares will not be “public shares”);

“management” or our “management team” are to our executive officers and directors;

“MidOcean” are to MidOcean Partners, an affiliate of our sponsor;

“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;

“private placement warrants” are to the warrants issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering and upon conversion of working capital loans, if any;

“public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units the Initial Public Offering (whether they are purchased in the Initial Public Offering or thereafter in the open market);

“public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our sponsor and management team to the extent our sponsor and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that our sponsor’s and each member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholder” will only exist with respect to such public shares;

“sponsor” are to Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and

“we,” “us,” “our,” “company” or “our company” are to Empower Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Any forfeiture of shares described in this Annual Report will take effect as a surrender of shares for no consideration of such shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any conversion of the Class B ordinary shares described in this Annual Report will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any share dividends described in this Annual Report will take effect as share capitalizations as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

ii

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Some of the statements contained in thisThis Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposesincludes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the federal securities laws. OurSecurities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies or expectations for the Company’s business. These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “plans,” “scheduled,” “anticipates,” “intends” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and actual results could differ materially due to numerous factors, including but are not limited to statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition,Company’s ability to do any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may include, for example, statements about:following:

 

our ability to complete our initial business combination;

access, collect and use personal data about consumers;

 

our expectations around the performance

execute its business strategy, including monetization of a prospective target business or businesses;services provided and expansions in and into existing and new lines of business;

 

our success

anticipate the impact of the coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) pandemic and its effect on business and financial conditions;

manage risks associated with operational changes in retaining or recruiting, or changes requiredresponse to the COVID-19 pandemic;

recognize the anticipated benefits of and successfully deploy the proceeds from the Business Combination (as defined herein), which may be affected by, among other things, competition, the ability to integrate the combined businesses and the ability of the combined business to grow and manage growth profitably;

anticipate the uncertainties inherent in ourthe development of new business lines and business strategies;

retain and hire necessary employees;

increase brand awareness;

attract, train and retain effective officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;directors;

 

our officers

upgrade and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;maintain information technology systems;

 

the proceeds of the forward purchase units being available

respond to us;cyber-attacks, security breaches, or computer viruses;

 

our potential ability

comply with privacy and data protection laws, and respond to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;privacy or data breaches, or the loss of data.

our pool of prospective target businesses;

acquire and protect intellectual property;

 

our ability

meet future liquidity requirements and comply with restrictive covenants related to consummate an initial business combination due to the uncertainty resulting from the recent COVID-19 pandemic;long-term indebtedness;

 

the ability of our officers

effectively respond to general economic and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;business conditions;

 

our public securities’ potential liquidity

maintain proper and trading;effective internal controls;

 

maintain the lacklisting on, or the delisting of a market forthe Company’s securities from, the NYSE or an inability to have our securities;securities listed on another national securities exchange;

 

expectations regarding

obtain additional capital, including use of the debt market;

enhance future operating and financial results;

anticipate rapid technological changes;

comply with laws and regulations applicable to its business, including laws and regulations related to environmental health and safety;

stay abreast of modified or new laws and regulations;

2


anticipate the impact of, and response to, new accounting standards;

respond to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and political unrest and regulatory changes in international markets from various events;

anticipate the rise in interest rates which would increase the cost of capital;

anticipate the significance and timing of contractual obligations;

maintain key strategic relationships with partners and resellers;

respond to uncertainties associated with product and service development and market acceptance;

manage to finance operations on an economically viable basis;

anticipate the impact of new U.S. federal income tax law, including the impact on deferred tax assets;

respond to litigation, complaints, product liability claims and/or adverse publicity;

anticipate the time during which we will be an “emergingemerging growth company”company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”);JOBS Act;

 

anticipate the useimpact of proceeds not heldchanges in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;consumer spending patterns, consumer preferences, local, regional and national economic conditions, crime, weather, demographic trends and employee availability; and

 

other risks and factors, listed under the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; orcaption “Risk Factors” included in this Annual Report.

our financial performance.

The forward-lookingForward-looking statements contained inare based on information available as of the date of this Annual Report are based on Form 10-K and our currentmanagement’s expectations, forecasts and beliefs concerning future developmentsassumptions, and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Thesejudgements, risks and uncertainties, include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect,and actual results, developments and business decisions may vary in material respectsdiffer materially from those projected in theseenvisaged by such forward-looking statements. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as maymy be required under applicable securities laws.

iii

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS

The following summarizes the principal factors that make an investment in Holley speculative or risky. You should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere herein, before investing in our securities. See “Risk Factors” for a more detailed discussion of the risk factors listed below.

Risk Related to Our Business and Industry

The COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

A downturn in consumer spending, including as a result of a severe or prolonged economic downturn, could adversely impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to compete effectively or to develop and market new products and a reduction in demand for the Company’s products could reduce the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increased electric vehicles ownership could impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Inaccurate forecasting of product demand could harm the Company’s financial performance.

The Company may not be able to effectively manage its growth.

3


The Company’s growth partially depends on attracting new customers in a cost-effective manner and expanding into additional consumer markets and it may not successfully do so.

The Company’s failure to protect its brand could harm its financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s profitability may decline as a result of increasing pressure on pricing.

Disruptions in the Company’s manufacturing facilities or distribution centers could have a material adverse effect on its sales, profitability and results of operations.

Increases in cost, disruption of supply or shortage of raw materials could harm the Company’s business.

The Company’s current and future products may experience quality problems, which could result in negative publicity, litigation, product recalls, and warranty claims, resulting in decreased sales.

The Company’s failure to maintain relationships with retail partners or increase sales through its DTC channel could harm its business.

The Company’s success depends on the continuing efforts of its employees and retention of skilled personnel.

The Company’s failure to upgrade and maintain information technology systems, to respond to cyber-attacks, security breaches, or computer viruses, or to comply with privacy and data protections laws, and respond to privacy or data breaches could adversely impact its business.

If the Company’s estimates relating to its accounting policies prove to be incorrect, its results of operations could be harmed.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks Related to Our Business

The Company may become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings, including intellectual property claims or lawsuits that could cause it to incur significant costs or that could prohibit it from selling its products.

Unauthorized sales of the Company’s products could harm its reputation.

The Company is subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations as well as privacy laws, regulations, and standards, which could subject it to liabilities, increase its costs or restrict its operations in the future.

The Company’s insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and the Company may incur losses that are not covered by its insurance.

Potential for litigation or other disputes may arise from the restatement of our previously issued financial statements and material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements.

4


Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities

Certain of the Company’s stockholders, including the Holley Stockholder and the Sponsor, may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders and may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Warrants are exercisable for Common Stock, which could increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

The Warrants may never be in the money, and they may expire worthless and the terms of the Warrants may be amended in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Warrants approve of such amendment.

The market price and trading volume of Common Stock and Warrants may be volatile.

Reports published by analysts could adversely affect the market price and trading volume of Common Stock and Warrants.

PART I

Item 1. Business

GeneralAbout Us

 

Founded in 1903, Holley, Inc. (“Holley” or the “Company”) has been a part of the automotive industry for well over a century. We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company” or “Empower”)leading designer, marketer, and manufacturer of high-performance automotive aftermarket products for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (the “initial business combination”). We have reviewedcar and truck enthusiasts. Our products span a number of opportunitiesautomotive platforms and are sold across multiple channels. We attribute a major component of our success to enterour brands, including “Holley”, “APR”, “MSD” and “Flowmaster”, among others. In addition, we have recently added to our brand lineup through a series of strategic acquisitions, including our 2020 acquisitions of Simpson Racing Products, Inc. (“Simpson”), Drake Automotive Group LLC (“Drake”) and Detroit Speed, Inc. (“Detroit Speed”) and our 2021 acquisitions of substantially all the assets of AEM Performance Electronics (“AEM”), Finspeed, LLC (“Finspeed”), Classic Instruments LLC (“Classic Instruments”), ADS Precision Machining, Inc., d.b.a. Arizona Desert Shocks (“ADS”), Baer, Inc, d.b.a. Baer Brakes (“Baer”), Brothers Mail Order Industries, Inc., d.b.a. Brothers Trucks (“Brothers”), Rocket Performance Machine, Inc., d.b.a. Rocket Racing Wheels (“Rocket”), and Speartech Fuel Injections Systems, Inc. (“Speartech”). Through these strategic acquisitions, we have increased our market position in the otherwise highly fragmented performance automotive aftermarket industry.

We operate in the performance automotive aftermarket parts industry. We believe there is ample opportunity to continue our expansion into an initialnew products and markets, such as exterior accessories and mobile electronics, representing a natural progression for us to grow market share as these adjacencies are driven by passionate enthusiasts, consistent with our core categories. See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Holley’s Business and Industry—If the Company is unable to successfully design, develop and market new products, the Company business may be harmed” for a discussion of the risks related to the Company’s new product development.

On July 16, 2021 we consummated a business combination with an operating business, but we are not able(“Business Combination”) pursuant to determine at this time whether we will complete an initial business combination with anythat certain Agreement and Plan of the target businesses that we have reviewed or with any other target business. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of the initial business combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Company’s initial public offeringMerger dated March 11, 2021 (the “Initial Public Offering”).

The registration statement for the Initial Public Offering became effective on October 6, 2020. On October 9, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,000,000 units (the “units”) at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $250,000,000.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 4,666,667 warrants (the “private placement warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant in a private placement to Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC (the “sponsor”“Merger Agreement”), generating gross proceedsby and among Empower Ltd., (“Empower”), Empower Merger Sub I Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of $7,000,000.

A totalEmpower (“Merger Sub I”), Empower Merger Sub II LLC, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of $250,000,000, consistingEmpower (“Merger Sub II”), and Holley Intermediate Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"). The Merger Agreement provided for, among other things, the following transactions: (i) Merger Sub I merged with and into Holdings, the separate corporate existence of $245,000,000Merger Sub I ceased and Holdings became the surviving corporation, and (ii) Holdings merged with and into Merger Sub II, the separate corporate existence of net proceeds fromHoldings ceased and Merger Sub II became the Initial Public Offering (which amount includes $8,750,000 in the form of deferred underwriting commissions)surviving limited liability company. Upon closing, Empower changed its name to Holley Inc. and $5,000,000 of proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants, was placed in a U.S.-based trust account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.

Our units beganits trading on October 9, 2020symbol on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) underfrom “EMPW” to “HLLY.”

5


Business Strategy

Our vision is to be the symbol EMPW.” On November 27, 2020, we announcedmost compelling and inclusive platform for automotive enthusiasts, to inspire and support enthusiasts’ transition to cleaner, more sustainable technologies, and to further accelerate the automotive lifestyle. Our aim is to provide a platform where automotive enthusiasts can purchase aftermarket auto parts for both old model restorations and new vehicle enhancements. We believe our consumers are enthusiastic and passionate about the performance and the personalization of their classic and modern cars. We aim to provide the products and service they need to pursue that the holders of the Company’s units may elect to separately trade the Class A ordinary shares and warrants included in the units. Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share. Any units not separatedpassion. We will continue to tradedrive growth and value for our shareholders through our key strategies:

Continuous New Product Development:New products allow us to increase market share in existing categories, extend into adjacent categories, capture new enthusiast consumers and extend or further penetrate new vehicle platforms. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Holley’s Business and Industry—If the Company is unable to successfully design, develop and market new products, the Company business may be harmed” for a discussion of the risks related to the Company’s new product development.

Accelerate Growth Through Continued M&A: We maintain a robust M&A pipeline and we believe that our scalable business platform, relationships with our distribution and channel partners, strong loyalty with our growing consumer base, experienced management team and board of directors, and strong cash generation position us to continue to acquire and integrate value-enhancing acquisitions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Holley’s Business and Industry—The Company may acquire or invest in other companies, which could divert the Company management’s attention, result in dilution to the Company stockholders, and otherwise disrupt the Company operations and harm the Company business, sales, financial condition and results of operations” for a discussion of the risks related to the Company’s M&A activity.

Expand Direct-to-Consumer (“DTC”) Sales and Further Engage with Our Consumers:We are highly focused on deepening our engagement with our enthusiast consumers and selling them products through our fast growing online platform. We have multiple touch points in our consumer ecosystem, ranging from social media to our website, to our many in-person enthusiast events. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Holley’s Business and Industry—If the Company’s plans to increase sales through its DTC channel are not successful, the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed” for a discussion of the risks related to the Company’s DTC channel.

Competition

The performance automotive industry is highly competitive, and we face substantial competition in all the markets that we serve. The principal factors on which industry participants compete include technical features, performance, product design, innovation, reliability and durability, brand, time to market, customer service, reliable order execution, and price. Our success in the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “EMPW.U”. Any underlying Class A ordinary shares and warrants that are separated will trademarketplace depends on NYSE under the symbols “EMPW” and “EMPW WS,” respectively.

our ability to execute our Business Strategy discussed above.

 

The broaderperformance automotive aftermarket parts industry in the United States is large and highly fragmented. In addition, we have seen consistent growth within the automotive aftermarket parts industry over the last two decades. Products in the performance automotive aftermarket parts industry range from functional products that enhance vehicle performance to products that improve safety, stability, handling and appearance.

Our core competitive set is comprised of four primary types of competitors with fragmentation across the majority of our major product categories:

Multi-product category providers: legacy brands with coverage across multiple performance aftermarket products with multiple brands often under one banner and built through acquisition. We are one of the largest multi-product category brands in the performance automotive aftermarket based on gross sales.

Single-product category providers: established companies focused on one product category in the market primarily selling via resellers. Single-product category providers generally offer either lower priced products or higher-quality products focused within one product category.

E-Tailer Private Labels: traditional online resellers sell other manufactured products and offer private label products, often at a lower price point. E-tailer private labels generally occupy the value end of the market and have a greater presence in less engineered categories with less product-specific brand strength.

Niche custom manufacturers: while not our core competitors, smaller shops typically focus on fully customizing specific make or model vehicles. Niche custom manufacturers are typically local or regionally focused, and some also may resell customized products from other manufactured brands.

6


We believe the following factors distinguish Holley from its competitors:

Brand that resonates with enthusiasts: we actively engage enthusiasts at the platform level across multiple channels (e.g. events, digital media, online communities, etc.), creating reference networks for potential consumers.

Innovative, product development: we invest heavily in product research, innovation and development, and introduce products that meet latest platform and use case-specific needs of our enthusiast consumers.

Operational ability that enables efficient order execution: we make significant investments in sourcing, manufacturing and distribution excellence, enabling management of multiple product lines while maintaining scale and attractive relative pricing.

Differentiated go-to-market strategy: we offer a mix of single product and platform-oriented solutions across DTC and reseller channels, delivering a strong overall consumer experience.

Brands

We have a strong portfolio of brands covering various product categories. Our portfolio consists of over 60 brands spanning across 30 product categories. Our top seven brands generated 74% of our sales in 2021.

Holley EFI: Currently our largest brand and represented 16% of our sales for 2021. Our Holley EFI brand focuses on electronic fuel injection technology and showcases our new product development engine. This was our fastest growing category in 2021 based on organic sales growth.

Holley: Currently our second largest brand and represented 14% of our sales for 2021. The Holley brand resonates with consumers as the majority of automotive enthusiast consumers recognize the Holley brand. Holley offers a variety of products across multiple categories but traces its roots back to carburetors which originally made the brand famous with automotive enthusiasts.

MSD: Currently our third leading brand and represented 10% of our sales for 2021. MSD has historically been focused on production of ignition products but today has been more focused on developing electronics for the powertrain category.

Simpson: Currently our fourth leading brand and represented 9% of our sales for 2021. Simpson was acquired in 2020 and has focused on motorsport safety products including helmets, head and neck restraints, seat belts and firesuits.

Powerteq: Currently our fifth leading brand and represented 9% of our sales for 2021. Powerteq is focused on exhaust, intakes, drivetrain and engine tuning products and accessories.

Accel: Currently our sixth largest brand and represented 8% of our sales in 2021. Accel is focused on performance fuel and ignition systems.

Flowmaster: Currently our seventh largest brand and represented 8% of our sales in 2021. Flowmaster's main focus is on developing exhaust products.

We believe the popularity of our brands is the result of consistently delivering high quality, innovative products that resonate with our enthusiast consumers. Our brands have allowed us to build direct, trusted and long-lasting relationships with our consumers and resellers.

Our top seven brands all experienced sales growth between 2020 and 2021 and we expect to continue our growth in these brands through new product development. We believe our continued marketing effort will support the continued growth of these brands moving forward.

7


Product Development

We offer our enthusiast consumers a comprehensive suite of performance automotive aftermarket products to meet a wide range of needs. We are continuously innovating and evolving our product offerings to meet ever-changing consumer sector, inclusiveneeds. We invest heavily in developing new products, spending an average of $18 million per year on research and development since 2016. New products are the overall shoppinglifeblood of our business with approximately 35% of our 2021 sales coming from products introduced by us into the market since 2016. In addition, we introduced over 1,300 new products during 2021 out of approximately 40,000 total stock-keeping units offered, which accounted for approximately 3% of our 2021 sales. We believe our product development capabilities will enable us to create sustainable long-term growth and purchasing journeymargin enhancements for our business.

We have a history of developing innovative products, including new products in existing product families, product line expansions, and accessories, as well as products servicesthat bring us into new categories. We have thoughtfully expanded our product portfolio over time to adapt to consumer needs. We expand our existing product families and enter new product categories by creating solutions grounded in our expert insights and relevant market knowledge. We believe we have a meaningful runway across our target product categories and product vintages and we are well positioned for future growth by expanding in categories that present opportunities for further market penetration in the EFI and Powertrain Conversion Systems markets. We believe there are also opportunities to capitalize on newly entered categories like Performance & Appearance Packages, Wheels & Tires, and Performance Suspension.

Suppliers

We run a flexible sourcing model with a mix of global sourcing and in-house manufacturing. Our best value sourcing model decisions are based on a mix of cost, quality and service. We have a diverse global supplier base and no material supplier concentration. Our efficient sourcing model enables strong gross margins and cash conversion.

We believe there is an adequate supply of raw materials and key components; however, there can be no assurance over the long term that the availability of materials and components or increases in commodity prices will not materially affect our business or results of operations. Ongoing supply chain disruptions, resulting in supply shortages and higher shipping charges, have and could continue to impact our ability to maintain supplies of products and the costs associated with obtaining raw materials and key components.

Marketing

We reach and engage our consumers where they participate in the performance automotive aftermarket – online and in person. Our marketing strategy is centered on strong brand equity, leading new product innovation capabilities and delivering consistently high-quality products. In 2021, we spent approximately $10 million (or approximately 1% of our 2021 annual gross sales) on marketing and advertising. Going forward, consistent with our value creation strategies, we intend to meaningfully increase investments in direct consumer marketing and advertising as well as refocus our current mix of spending towards activities believed to generate the highest return on investment. We believe these strategies will have a meaningfully positive impact across our brand portfolio and will result in the continuation of net sales growth.

In recent years, we have shifted our marketing efforts towards digital advertising and have increased investments in consumer engagement directly via digital and social media platforms and campaigns. Additionally, since mid-2020 we increased resources focused on expanding our e-commerce and digital platforms. These efforts have included turning Holley.com into a destination for automotive enthusiasts and launching MotorLife, our internal digital publication that is available to the public on our website. As a result, we experienced a significant increase in social media and online engagement during 2020 that has continued to grow in 2021. Continued expansion of and investment in digital and social media are expected in the future, including focusing on strategies to grow the high margin DTC channel.

We have also spent significant time and effort in creating engaging, in-person events. These events focus on creating memorable experiences has undergone unprecedented changes. In this evolving landscape,for enthusiast consumers and encourage consumers to be among other enthusiasts, celebrate car culture, build community and enjoy their vehicles. Since 2015, our events have grown in total annual attendance from 14,000 to 77,000 in 2021. We currently host five annual self-funding events (LS Fest East, LS Fest West, Ford Fest, MoParty, and High Voltage) throughout the opportunityyear that are rooted in popular engine and car platforms. We launched our first Electric Vehicle event, Holley High Voltage Experience, in November 2021.

8


Sales and Distribution

We have a diverse omni-channel distribution strategy led by our growing DTC channel. Our omni-channel model enables us to fosterreach our consumers through DTC, E-tailer, warehouse distributor, traditional retailer, and build companiesjobber/ installer channels. We have mutually beneficial relationships with our resellers and are able to maintain strong pricing discipline across our channels with strict conformance to minimum advertised pricing.

DTC channel: Consumers are increasingly meeting us online through our DTC channel. Our DTC channel provides consumers full access to all of our brands, our unique branded content and our full product assortment. We have turned Holley.com into our primary hub for consumer communication and continue to add features and brands that address these shiftingmake it an increasingly attractive digital destination for our consumers. Our DTC channel enables us to directly interact with our customers, more effectively control our brand experience, better understand consumer behavior and preferences, and utilize platforms most relevantoffer exclusive products, content, and customization capabilities. We believe our control over our DTC channel provides our customers with quality brand engagement and further builds customer loyalty, while generating attractive margins.

Resellers: We have historically sold the majority of our products through resellers who purchase our products and resell them through various channels. These resellers consist of E-tailers, warehouse distributors, traditional retailers, and jobber/installers with (i) E-tailers and warehouse distributors accounting for 59% of our sales in 2021, (ii) our top ten resellers accounting for 42% of our sales in 2021, with our largest reseller making up 19% of our sales in 2021, and (iii) the top ten accounts growing 14% from 2020 to these new consumers requires speed, agility2021.

We have established mutually beneficial and a clear focus on engaging, inspiring and commercially connectinglong-term relationships with the customer. These substantial demographic, social, economic and behavioral shifts at the consumer level have resulted in a confluence of opportunities unlike anything seen in recent decades.

Our focus will be to acquire a consumer business that has a track record of proven financial performance, differentiation in its brand and offering, and a loyal customer base, yet wouldour resellers. We believe resellers benefit from our operational expertise, networks, experienced teambroad suite of product offerings that they can leverage to meet consumer demand across multiple product categories. Based on the value that we offer to our resellers, we are able to operate with pricing discipline that supports the value of our products in the marketplace and capitalbuttresses our profit margins. We believe our approach to further enhance performancepricing allows us to better understand consumer demand and driveidentify what our end consumers are buying.

Intellectual Property

Patents, trademarks, and other proprietary rights are important to the continued growth. In additionsuccess of our business. We own and have licensing arrangements for a number of U.S. and foreign patents, trademarks, and other proprietary rights related to economic upsideour products and marketbusiness. We also rely upon continuing technological innovation and licensing opportunities proven leadershipto develop and accessmaintain our competitive position. We protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including the use of confidentiality and other similar agreements. We do not consider our business to capital,be dependent on any single patent, nor is the expiration of any patent expected to materially affect our business. Our current patents will expire over various periods and we continue to file new patent applications on newly-developed technology. We from time to time become aware of potential infringement of our patent, trademark, or other proprietary rights and we investigate instances of alleged infringement where we believe that core values, transparency, social impactit is merited and relevancetake appropriate actions under applicable intellectual property laws in response to today’s evolving communitiessuch infringements where we determine it is valuable to do so. Similarly, from time to time we are the subject of intellectual property and consumer groups is equally paramount.other proprietary rights related suits and other litigation.

We intend to capitalizeSeasonality

Holley’s operating results have fluctuated on several macro-level themes that are reshaping consumer behaviora quarterly and how consumer businesses attain successannual basis in the new market reality:

How brands are built and what is expected of them is changing: traditional notions of branding and status have evolved to include purpose and a sense of community, the use of business as a powerful force for good, and sustainability.


Products, services and experiences are being evolved and co-created in a manner requiring dramatic shifts in businesses’ approaches to innovation and development.

The consumer journey is more multi-faceted than ever: speed, agility and relentless focus, paired with exceptional products, services, experiences, innovation and branding are necessary to drive customer acquisition, assessment, engagement, purchase intent and, ultimately, retention.

Channels, traffic patterns and go-to-market options have evolved to address an increasingly mobile and channel-agnostic consumer.

Digital acumen is a requirement for success: acceleration of digital engagement will create a path for more intimate connections with consumers, communities and the ability to provide both personalization and convenience.

The shift towards healthy, active and sustainable lifestyles is permanent: a holistic approach to health, wellness and hygiene will continue to garner greater share of the consumer wallet.

Operational excellence is a strategic weapon: agility to shift supply chains and operational execution will be enabled via a well-organized infrastructure that matches consumer demand requirements and functions in lockstep with the front-end of the business. Infrastructure and an ability to execute flawlessly are critical tools.

“Global” now also means “local”: the ability to support market localization, from consumer engagement to supply chain, is an opportunity across all categories.

As lifelong operatorspast and investors, we havecan be expected to continue to fluctuate in the proven capabilities, capital and insights to navigate the new market realities, find companies that will offer consistent long-term economic performance and help pivot them in ways that prepare them for their next chapter of growth.

Sources of Target Business

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sourcesfuture as a result of being soliciteda number of factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control. Traditionally, our sales in the first half of the year are generally higher than in the second half of the year. Due to these factors and others, which may be unknown to the Company at this time, operating results in future periods can be expected to fluctuate. Accordingly, the Company’s historical results of operations may not be indicative of future performance.

Regulations

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. Some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and reduce air and water pollution. These permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by us through callsissuing authorities. We believe we are in substantial compliance with all material environmental laws and regulations applicable to our plants and operations. Historically, our annual costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with environmental, health and safety requirements have not been material to our financial results.

9


Increasing global efforts to control emissions of carbon dioxide, methane, ozone, nitrogen oxide and other greenhouse gases and pollutants, as well as the shifting focus of regulatory efforts towards total emissions output, have the potential to impact our facilities, costs, products and customers. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has taken action to control greenhouse gases from certain stationary and mobile sources. In addition, several states have taken steps, such as adoption of cap and trade programs or mailings.other regulatory systems, to address greenhouse gases. There have also been international efforts seeking legally binding reductions in emissions of greenhouse gases. These sourcesdevelopments and further actions that may be taken in the U.S. and in other countries, states or provinces could affect our operations both positively and negatively (e.g., by affecting the demand for or suitability of some of our products).

We also introduce usmay be subject to target businesses inliability as a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and similar state or foreign laws for contaminated properties that we currently own, lease or operate or that we or our predecessors have previously owned, leased or operated, and sites to which they thinkwe or our predecessors sent hazardous substances. Such liability may be joint and several so that we may be interestedliable for more than our share of any contamination, and any such liability may be determined without regard to causation or knowledge of contamination. We or our predecessors have been named potentially responsible parties at contaminated sites from time to time. We do not anticipate any potential liability relating to contaminated sites to be material to our financial results.

Employees

As of December 31, 2021, we employed 1,721 full-time employees and 137 temporary employees. Our employees are not involved in any labor unions. Approximately 29% of our full-time employees are based primarily in our Bowling Green, KY headquarters.

Many of our employees are automotive enthusiasts themselves. We pride ourselves on having a platform built for enthusiasts by enthusiasts. As of December 2021, we have over 150 enthusiast-focused engineers, many of whom are passionate about cars themselves. We continue to seek out top level talent that will help accomplish our mission and vision moving forward. Our goal is to create an unsolicited basis, sinceinclusive and safe environment for our employees that keeps them engaged in their work.

Available Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 1801 Russellville Rd., Bowling Green, KY 42101, and our telephone number is (270) 782-2900. Our Internet address is www.holley.com. The information on our website is not, and should not be considered, part of this Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. The website is, and is only intended to be, for reference purposes only. We make available free of charge on or through our website our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports and other information are also available, free of charge, at www.sec.gov. In addition, we will provide, at no cost, paper or electronic copies of our reports and other filings made with the SEC. Requests can be made in writing or by phone.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following discussion of "Risk Factors" identifies factors that may adversely affect our business, operations, financial condition or future performance. This information should be read in conjunction with "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The following discussion of risks is not all-inclusive but is designed to highlight what we believe are the material factors to consider when evaluating our business and expectations. These factors could cause our future results to differ materially from our historical results and from expectations reflected in forward-looking statements.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

The COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations and the Company’s ability to access current or obtain new lending facilities.

The COVID-19 pandemic and preventative measures taken to contain or mitigate the pandemic have caused, and are continuing to cause, business slowdowns or shutdowns in affected areas and significant disruption in the financial markets both globally and in the United States, which could lead to a decline in discretionary spending by consumers, and in turn impact, possibly materially, the Company business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. The impacts include, but are not limited to:

10


the possibility of renewed retail store closures or reduced operating hours and/or decreased retail traffic;

disruption to the Company’s distribution centers and other vendors, including the effects of facility closures as a result of outbreaks of COVID-19 or measures taken by federal, state or local governments to reduce its spread, reductions in operating hours, labor shortages, and real time changes in operating procedures, including for additional cleaning and disinfection procedures; and

significant disruption of global financial markets, which could have an adverse impact on the Company's ability to access capital in the future.

The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted the global supply chain, with restrictions and limitations on related activities causing disruption and delay. These disruptions and delays have strained certain domestic and international supply chains, which have affected and could continue to adversely affect the flow or availability of certain products. As a result, the Company has experienced, and could continue to experience, disruptions and higher costs in manufacturing, supply chain, logistical operations, and shortages of certain Company products in distribution channels.

The further spread of COVID-19, and the requirements to take action to help limit the spread of the illness, could impact the Company’s ability to carry out its business as usual and may materially adversely impact global economic conditions, the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business and financial results will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak (including new variants) within the markets in which the Company operates, the related impact on consumer confidence and spending, and the effect of governmental regulations imposed in response to the pandemic, all of which are highly uncertain and ever-changing. The sweeping nature of the COVID-19 pandemic makes it extremely difficult to predict how the Company’s business and operations will be affected in the longer run. Any of the foregoing factors, or other cascading effects of the coronavirus pandemic, could materially increase the Company’s costs, adversely impact the Company’s sales and damage the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations, possibly to a significant degree. The duration of any such impacts cannot be predicted.

Unfavorable economic conditions could have an adverse impact on consumer discretionary spending and therefore adversely impact the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s products are recreational in nature and are therefore discretionary purchases for consumers. Consumers are generally more willing to make discretionary purchases of automotive products during favorable economic conditions and when consumers are feeling confident and prosperous. Discretionary spending is also affected by many other factors, including general business conditions, inflation, interest rates, inflation, the availability of consumer credit, taxes, and consumer confidence in future economic conditions. Purchases of the Company’s products could decline during periods when disposable income is lower, or during periods of actual or perceived unfavorable economic conditions. A significant or prolonged decline in general economic conditions or uncertainties regarding future economic prospects that adversely affect consumer discretionary spending, whether in the United States or in the Company’s international markets, could result in reduced sales of the Company’s products, which in turn would have an adverse impact on the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

A severe or prolonged economic downturn could adversely affect the Company’s distributors’ financial condition, their levels of business activity and their ability to pay trade obligations.

The Company primarily sells its products to retailers directly and through its domestic and foreign subsidiaries, and to foreign distributors. The Company generally requires no collateral from its customers. However, a severe or prolonged downturn in the general economy could adversely affect the retail market, which in turn, would adversely impact the liquidity and cash flows of the Company’s customers, including the ability of such customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of the Company’s products and to pay their trade obligations. This could result in increased delinquent or uncollectible accounts for some of these sources willthe Company’s customers. A failure by the Company’s customers to pay on a timely basis a significant portion of outstanding account receivable balances would adversely impact the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

11


Failure to compete effectively could reduce the Company’s market share and significantly harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s industry is highly competitive, and the Company’s success depends on the Company’s ability to compete with suppliers of automotive aftermarket products, some of which may have read this Annual Reportsubstantially greater financial, marketing and know whatother resources than the Company does. Due to the diversity of the Company’s product offering, the Company competes with several large and medium-sized companies and a large number of smaller regional and specialty companies and numerous category-specific competitors. In addition, the Company faces competition from original equipment manufacturers, which, through their automotive dealerships, supply many of the same types of businessesreplacement parts the Company sells. Existing competitors may expand their product offerings and sales strategies, and new competitors may enter the market.

Some of the Company’s competitors may have larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company does. These factors may allow the Company’s competitors to:

respond more quickly than the Company can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements by devoting greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of automotive aftermarket products;

engage in more extensive research and development; and

spend more money and resources on marketing and promotion.

Increased competition could put additional pressure on the Company to reduce prices or take other actions, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. The Company may also lose significant customers or lines of business to competitors.

If the Company is unable to successfully design, develop and market new products, the Company’s business may be harmed.

To maintain and increase sales, the Company must continue to introduce new products on a timely basis to respond to new and evolving consumer preferences and improve or enhance the Company’s existing products. The success of the Company’s new and enhanced products depends on many factors, including anticipating consumer preferences, finding innovative solutions to consumer problems, differentiating the Company’s products from those of the Company’s competitors, and maintaining the strength of the Company’s brands. The design and development of the Company’s products is costly, and the Company typically has several products in development at the same time. Problems in the design or quality of the Company’s products, or delays in product introduction, may harm the Company’s brands, business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. Any new products that the Company develops and markets may not generate sufficient revenues to recoup their development, production, marketing, selling and other costs.

A drive toward electric vehicles or away from vehicle ownership in general could impact the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

The automotive industry is increasingly focused on the development of hybrid and electric vehicles and of advanced driver assistance technologies, with the goal of developing and introducing a commercially viable, fully automated driving experience, and many manufacturers have announced plans to transition from internal- combustion engines into electric vehicle platforms over the coming years. There has also been an increase in consumer preferences for mobility on demand services, such as car and ride sharing, as opposed to automobile ownership, which may result in a long-term reduction in the number of vehicles per capita. Accordingly, if we do not continue to innovate and develop, or acquire, new and compelling products that capitalize upon new technologies in response to original equipment manufacturer and consumer preferences, or if there is a future shift in consumer preferences towards ownership of more utilitarian vehicles or vehicles that are targeting. Our officersotherwise less interesting to a large portion of the Company’s customers who are automotive enthusiasts, or if there is otherwise a future shift away from automobile ownership among consumers in general, the Company’s and directors,its subsidiaries’ business, sales, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted.

12


The Company’s business depends on maintaining and strengthening its brands to generate and maintain ongoing demand for its products, and a significant reduction in such demand could harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s success depends on the value and reputation of the Company’s brands, which, in turn, depends on factors such as the quality, design, performance, functionality, and durability of the Company’s products, the image of the Company’s e-commerce platform and retail partner floor spaces, the Company’s communication activities, including advertising, social media, and public relations, and the Company’s management of the customer experience, including direct interfaces through customer service. Maintaining, promoting, and positioning the Company’s brands are important to expanding its customer base, and will depend largely on the success of the Company’s marketing and merchandising efforts and the Company’s ability to provide consistent, high-quality customer experiences. The Company intends to continue making investments in these areas in order to maintain and enhance the Company’s brands, and such investments may not be successful. Ineffective marketing, negative publicity, product diversion to unauthorized distribution channels, product or manufacturing defects, counterfeit products, unfair labor practices, and failure to protect the intellectual property rights in the Company’s brands are some of the potential threats to the strength of the Company’s brands, and those and other factors could rapidly and severely diminish customer confidence in us. Furthermore, these factors could cause the Company’s customers to lose the personal connection they feel with the Company’s brands. The Company believes that maintaining and enhancing the image of the Company’s brands in its current markets and in new markets where it has limited brand recognition is important to expanding its customer base. If the Company is unable to maintain or enhance its brands in current or new markets, the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

If the Company inaccurately forecasts demand for its products, it may manufacture either insufficient or excess quantities, which, in either case, could adversely affect its financial performance.

The Company plans its manufacturing capacity based upon the forecasted demand for its products. Forecasting the demand for the Company’s products is very difficult given the manufacturing lead time and the amount of specification involved. Forecasting demand for specific automotive part goods can also be challenging due to changing consumer preferences and competitive pressures and longer supply lead times. The nature of the Company’s business makes it difficult to adjust quickly its manufacturing capacity if actual demand for its products exceeds or is less than forecasted demand. If actual demand for its products exceeds the forecasted demand, the Company may not be able to produce sufficient quantities of new products in time to fulfill actual demand, which could limit the Company’s sales and adversely affect its financial performance. On the other hand, if actual demand is less than the forecasted demand for its products, the Company could produce excess quantities, resulting in excess inventories and related obsolescence charges that could adversely affect the Company’s financial performance.

The Company may not be able to effectively manage its growth.

As the Company grows its business, slower growing or reduced demand for the Company’s products, increased competition, a decrease in the growth rate of the Company’s overall market, failure to develop and successfully market new products, or the maturation of the Company business or market could harm the Company’s business. The Company has made and expects to continue to make significant investments in the Company’s research and development and sales and marketing organizations, expand the Company’s operations and infrastructure both domestically and internationally, design and develop new products, and enhance the Company’s existing products. In addition, in connection with operating as a public company, the Company will incur significant additional legal, accounting, and other expenses that the Company did not incur as a private company. If the Company’s sales do not increase at a sufficient rate to offset these increases in the Company’s operating expenses, its profitability may decline in future periods.

The Company only has a limited history operating the Company’s business at its current scale. Consequently, if the Company’s operations grow at a rapid pace in the future, the Company may experience difficulties in managing this growth and building the appropriate processes and controls. Future rapid growth may increase the strain on the Company’s resources, and the Company could experience operating difficulties, including difficulties in sourcing, logistics, recruiting, maintaining internal controls, marketing, designing innovative products, and meeting consumer needs. If the Company does not adapt to meet these evolving challenges, the strength of the Company’s brands may erode, the quality of the Company’s products may suffer, the Company may not be able to deliver products on a timely basis to the Company’s customers, and the Company’s corporate culture may be harmed.

13


If the Company fails to attract new customers, or fails to do so in a cost-effective manner, the Company may not be able to increase sales.

The Company’s success depends, in part, on its ability to attract customers in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand the Company’s customer base, the Company must appeal to and attract customers ranging from automotive enthusiasts to individuals who simply value products of uncompromising quality and design. The Company has made, and the Company expects that the Company will continue to make, significant investments in attracting new customers, including through the use of traditional, digital, and social media and participation in, and sponsorship of, community events. Marketing campaigns can be expensive and may not result in the cost- effective acquisition of customers. Further, as the Company’s brands becomes more widely known, future marketing campaigns may not attract new customers at the same rate as past campaigns. If the Company is unable to attract new customers, or fails to do so in a cost-effective manner, the Company’s growth could be slower than it expects and the Company’s business will be harmed.

The Company’s growth depends, in part, on expanding into additional consumer markets, and the Company may not be successful in doing so.

The Company believes that its future growth depends not only on continuing to reach its current core demographic, but also continuing to broaden its retail partner and customer bases. The growth of the Company’s business will depend, in part, on the Company’s ability to continue to expand its retail partner and customer bases in the United States, as well as their affiliates,in international markets. In these markets, the Company may face challenges that are different from those the Company currently encounters, including competitive, merchandising, distribution, hiring, and other difficulties. The Company may also bringencounter difficulties in attracting customers due to our attention targeta lack of consumer familiarity with or acceptance of the Company’s brands, or a resistance to paying for premium products, particularly in international markets. The Company continues to evaluate marketing efforts and other strategies to expand the customer base for its products. In addition, although the Company is investing in sales and marketing activities to further penetrate newer regions, including expansion of its dedicated sales force, the Company cannot ensure that it will be successful. If the Company is not successful, its business, candidatessales, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

Competitors have attempted, and will likely continue to attempt to, imitate the Company’s products and technology. If the Company is unable to protect or preserve the image of the Company’s brands and proprietary rights, the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

As the Company’s business continues to expand, its competitors have imitated or attempted to imitate, and will likely continue to imitate or attempt to imitate, the Company’s product designs and branding, which could harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. Only a portion of the intellectual property used in the manufacture and design of the Company’s products is patented, and the Company therefore relies significantly on trade secrets, trade and service marks, trade dress, and the strength of the Company’s brands. The Company regards its patents, trade dress, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and similar proprietary rights as critical to its success. The Company also relies on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with its employees, consultants, suppliers, manufacturers, and others to protect its proprietary rights. Nevertheless, the steps the Company takes to protect its proprietary rights against infringement or other violations may be inadequate, and it may experience difficulty in effectively limiting the unauthorized use of its patents, trademarks, trade dress, and other intellectual property and proprietary rights worldwide. The Company also cannot guarantee that they become awareothers will not independently develop technology with the same or similar function to any proprietary technology the Company relies on to conduct its business and differentiate itself from its competitors. Unauthorized use or invalidation of its patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, or other intellectual property or proprietary rights may cause significant damage to the Company’s brands and harm its business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

While the Company actively develops and protects its intellectual property rights, there can be no assurance that the Company will be adequately protected in all countries in which the Company conducts its business or that the Company will prevail when defending its patent, trademark, and proprietary rights. Additionally, the Company could incur significant costs and management distraction in pursuing claims to enforce its intellectual property rights through theirlitigation and defending any alleged counterclaims. If the Company is unable to protect or preserve the value of its patents, trade dress, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights for any reason, or if the Company fails to maintain the image of the Company’s brands due to actual or perceived product or service quality issues, adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation, or other reasons, the Company’s brands and reputation could be damaged, and the Company’s business contactsmay be harmed.

14


The Company’s profitability may decline as a result of formalincreasing pressure on pricing.

The Company’s industry is subject to significant pricing pressure caused by many factors, including intense competition, consolidation in the retail industry, pressure from retailers to reduce the costs of products, and changes in consumer demand. These factors may cause the Company to reduce its prices to retailers and customers or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions.engage in more promotional activity than the Company anticipates, which could adversely impact its margins and cause the Company’s profitability to decline if it is unable to offset price reductions with comparable reductions in the Company’s operating costs. This could materially harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we expectongoing and sustained promotional activities could harm the image of the Company’s brands.

A significant disruption in the operations of the Company’s manufacturing facilities or distribution centers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant disruption at any of the Company’s manufacturing facilities or distribution centers could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s manufacturing facilities and distribution centers are highly automated, which means that their operations are complicated and may be subject to receive a number of proprietary dealrisks related to computer viruses, the proper operation of software and hardware, electronic or power interruptions, and other system failures, including failures caused by factors outside of our control, such as hostilities, political unrest, terrorist attacks, war (including the ongoing conflict in Ukraine), natural disasters or extreme weather (including events that may be caused or exacerbated by climate change). Risks associated with upgrading or expanding these facilities may significantly disrupt or increase the cost of the Company’s operations, which may have an immediate, or in some cases prolonged, impact on the Company’s margins. Our risk management, business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not be effective at preventing or mitigating the effects of such disruptions, particularly in the case of catastrophic events or longer term developments, such as the impacts of climate change.

Increases in cost, disruption of supply or shortage of raw materials or components used in the Company’s products could harm its business and profitability.

The Company’s products contain various raw materials, including corrosion-resistant steel, non-ferrous metals such as aluminum and nickel, and precious metals such as platinum and palladium. The Company uses raw materials directly in manufacturing and in components that the Company purchases from its suppliers. The Company generally purchases components with significant raw material content on the open market. The prices for and availability of these raw materials fluctuate depending on market conditions. Volatility in the prices of raw materials such as steel, aluminum and nickel could increase the cost of manufacturing the Company’s products. The Company may not be able to pass on these costs to its customers, and this could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. Even in the event that increased costs can be passed through to customers, the Company’s gross margin percentages would decline. Additionally, the Company’s suppliers are also subject to fluctuations in the prices of raw materials and may attempt to pass all or a portion of such increases on to the Company. In the event they are successful in doing so, the Company’s margins would decline.

The Company’s current and future products may experience quality problems from time to time that can result in negative publicity, litigation, product recalls, and warranty claims, which could result in decreased sales and operating margin, and harm to the Company’s brand.

Although the Company extensively and rigorously tests new and enhanced products, there can be no assurance the Company will be able to detect, prevent, or fix all defects. Defects in materials or components can unexpectedly interfere with the products’ intended use and safety and damage the Company reputation. Failure to detect, prevent, or fix defects could result in a variety of consequences, including a greater number of product returns than expected from customers and retail partners, litigation, product recalls, and credit claims, among others, which could harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. The occurrence of real or perceived quality problems or material defects in the Company’s current and future products could expose the Company to product recalls, warranty, or other claims. In addition, any negative publicity or lawsuits filed against the Company related to the perceived quality and safety of the Company products could also harm the Company brand and decrease demand for the Company’s products.

15


The Company’s reliance on foreign suppliers for some of the automotive parts the Company sell to its customers or included in its products presents risks to the business.

A portion of automotive parts and components the Company uses in its manufacturing process are imported from suppliers located outside the U.S. As a result, the Company is subject to various risks of doing business in foreign markets and importing products from abroad, such as:

significant delays in the delivery of cargo due to port security considerations;

imposition of duties, taxes, tariffs or other charges on imports;

potential recalls or cancellations of orders for any product that does not meet the Company’s quality standards;

disruption of imports by labor disputes or strikes and local business practices;

heightened terrorism security concerns, which could subject imported goods to additional, more frequent or more thorough inspections, leading to delays in deliveries or impoundment of goods for extended periods;

political tensions, conflicts, and wars, such as the ongoing conflict in Ukraine;

natural disasters, disease, epidemics and health related concerns, which could result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in infected areas;

inability of the Company’s non-U.S. suppliers to obtain adequate credit or access liquidity to finance its operations; and

the Company’s ability to enforce any agreements with its foreign suppliers.

Any of the foregoing factors, or a combination of them, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to the Company and materially and adversely impact the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company depends on retail partners to display and present its products to customers, and the Company’s failure to maintain and further develop the Company’s relationships with retail partners could harm the Company’s business.

The Company sells a significant amount of its products through knowledgeable national, regional, and independent retail partners. The Company’s retail partners service customers by stocking and displaying the Company’s products, explaining the Company product attributes, and sharing the story of the Company’s brands. The Company’s relationships with these retail partners are important to the authenticity of the Company’s brands and the marketing programs the Company continues to deploy. The Company’s failure to maintain these relationships with its retail partners or financial difficulties experienced by these retail partners could harm its business.

The Company has key relationships with national retail partners. If the Company loses any of the Company’s key retail partners or any key retail partner reduces its purchases of the Company’s existing or new products or its number of stores or operations or promotes products of the Company’s competitors over the Company’s, the Company’s sales would be harmed. Because the Company is a premium brand, its sales depend, in part, on retail partners effectively displaying its products, including providing attractive space and point of purchase displays in their stores, and training their sales personnel to sell its products. If the Company’s retail partners reduce or terminate those activities, the Company may experience reduced sales of its products, resulting in lower gross margins, which would harm its business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

16


If the Company’s plans to increase sales through its DTC channel are not successful, the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

For 2021, the Company generated through its DTC channel approximately $117 million in gross sales. Part of the Company’s growth strategy involves increasing sales through its DTC channel. The level of customer traffic and volume of customer purchases through the Company’s website is substantially dependent on the Company’s ability to provide a content-rich and user-friendly website, a hassle- free customer experience, sufficient product availability, and reliable, timely delivery of the Company’s products. If the Company is unable to maintain and increase customers’ use of its website, allocate sufficient product to the Company’s website, and increase any sales through its website, the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

The Company’s future success depends on the continuing efforts of the Company’s management and key employees, and on the Company’s ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel and senior management.

The Company depends on the talents and continued efforts of its senior management and key employees. The loss of members of management or key employees may disrupt the Company’s business and harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the Company’s ability to manage further expansion will require it to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional qualified personnel. Competition for this type of personnel is intense, and the Company may not be successful in attracting, integrating, and retaining the personnel required to grow and operate its business effectively. There can be no assurance that the Company’s current management team or any new members of the management team will be able to successfully execute the Company’s business and operating strategies.

The Company relies on complex information systems for management of its manufacturing, distribution, sales and other functions. If the Company’s information systems fail to perform these functions adequately or if the Company experiences an interruption in their operation, including a breach in cyber security, its business, sales, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

All of the Company’s major operations, including manufacturing, distribution, sales and accounting, are dependent upon the Company’s complex information systems. The Company’s information systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

earthquake, fire, flood, hurricane and other natural disasters;

power loss, computer systems failure, Internet and telecommunications or data network failure; and

hackers, computer viruses, software bugs or glitches.

Any damage or significant disruption in the operation of such systems, the failure of the Company’s information systems to perform as expected, the failure to successfully integrate the information technology systems of the businesses that the Company has recently acquired or any security breach to the information systems (including financial or credit/payment frauds) would disrupt the Company’s business, which may result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages and otherwise adversely affect the Company’s reputation, operations, financial performance and condition.

Our information systems are subject to security threats and sophisticated cyber-based attacks, including, but not limited to, denial-of-service attacks, hacking, “phishing” attacks, computer viruses, ransomware, malware, employee or insider error, malfeasance, social engineering, or physical breaches, that can cause deliberate or unintentional damage, create system disruptions, unauthorized acquisition of our or customer information, or destruction or misuse, manipulation, denial of access to or disclosure of confidential or important information. We have experienced, and expect to continue to confront, efforts by hackers and other third parties to gain unauthorized access or deny access to, or otherwise disrupt, our information systems. For example, we were the target of an external cyber-attack in third quarter 2021, which resulted in a temporary suspension of services to our customers. To date these incidents have not had a material impact on the Company’s reputation, operations, financial performance and condition; however, there is no assurance that such impacts will not be material in the future, and such incidents have in the past and may in the future have the impacts discussed below. Any future successful cyber-attack or catastrophic natural disaster could significantly affect our operating and financial systems and could temporarily disrupt our ability to provide services to our customers, impact our ability to manage our operations and perform vital financial processes, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

17


Moreover, the threat of cyber-attacks is constantly evolving, thereby increasing the difficulty of successfully defending against them or implementing adequate preventative measures and we cannot ensure that we will be able to identify, prevent or contain the effects of future cyber-attacks or other cybersecurity risks that bypass our security measures or disrupt our information technology systems or business. While we have security technologies, processes and procedures in place to protect against cybersecurity risks and security breaches, the hardware, software or applications we develop or procure from third parties may contain defects in design, manufacturer defects or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise information security. In addition, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems change frequently, are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques, timely discover or counter them or implement adequate preventative measures.

As a result of any such incidents, we could be subject to litigation and regulatory risk, civil and criminal penalties, additional costs and diversion of management attention due to investigation, remediation efforts and engagement of third party consultants and legal counsel in connection with such incidents, payment of “ransoms” to regain access to our systems and information, loss of customers, damage to customer relationships, reduced revenue and profits, refunds of customer charges and damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. While we have contingency plans and insurance coverage for potential liabilities of this nature, they may not be sufficient to cover all claims and liabilities and in some cases are subject to deductibles and layers of self-insured retention.

Cyber-attacks, unauthorized access to, or accidental disclosure of, consumer personally-identifiable information including credit card information, that the Company collects through its websites may result in significant expense and adversely impact the Company’s reputation and business.

There is heightened concern and awareness over the security of personal information transmitted over the Internet, consumer identity theft and user privacy. While the Company has implemented security measures, the Company’s computer systems may nevertheless be susceptible to electronic or physical computer break-ins, viruses and other disruptions and security compromises. Any perceived or actual unauthorized or inadvertent disclosure of personally-identifiable information, whether through a compromise of the Company’s network by an unauthorized party, employee theft, misuse or error or otherwise, could harm the Company’s reputation, impair the Company’s ability to attract website visitors, or subject the Company to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by consumers, and adversely affect the Company’s operations, financial performance and condition.

The Company depends on cash generated from its operations to support its growth, and the Company may need to raise additional capital, which may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.

The Company primarily relies on cash flow opportunitiesgenerated from its sales to fund its current operations and growth initiatives. As the Company expands its business, the Company will need significant cash from operations to purchase inventory, increase product development, expand its manufacturer and supplier relationships, pay personnel, pay for the increased costs associated with operating as a public company and further invest in sales and marketing efforts. If the Company’s business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund these activities and sufficient funds are not otherwise available from the Company’s current or future credit facility, the Company may need additional equity or debt financing. If such financing is not available to the Company on satisfactory terms, the Company’s ability to operate and expand the Company’s business or to respond to competitive pressures could be harmed. Moreover, if the Company raises additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, the ownership of the Company’s existing stockholders may be diluted. The holders of new securities may also have rights, preferences or privileges which are senior to those of existing holders of the Common Stock. In addition, any indebtedness the Company incurs may subject the Company to covenants that restrict the Company’s operations and will require interest and principal payments that could create additional cash demands and financial risk for the Company.

18


Indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries may limit the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to invest in the ongoing needs of its business and if the Company and its subsidiaries are unable to comply with the covenants in its current credit agreements, the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business, sales, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

On November 18, 2021, the Company entered into a new credit facility with a syndicate of lenders and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders, letter of credit issuer and swing line lender (the "Credit Agreement"). The financing consists of a seven-year $600 million first-lien term loan, a five-year $125 million revolving credit facility, and a $100 million delayed draw term loan. The Company is required to make quarterly payments of principal plus accrued interest. As of December 31, 2021, $655 million in principal was outstanding under the credit facility, including $600 million for the first-lien term loan, $30 million for the delayed draw term loan, and $25 million under the revolving credit facility. The Credit Agreement imposes various restrictions and contains customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including, without limitation, certain reporting obligations and certain limitations on restricted payments; and limitations on liens, encumbrances and indebtedness. In addition, borrowings under the Credit Agreement are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Company and certain of its wholly-owned material subsidiaries and the Company’s future subsidiaries that become guarantors (collectively the “Loan Parties"). The First Lien Credit Agreement is secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Loan Parties’ assets, in each case subject to certain customary exceptions. If we fail to comply with the covenants or payments specified in the Credit Agreement, the lender could declare an event of default, which would give it the right to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable.

The Credit Agreement places certain conditions on the Company, including, subject to certain conditions, reductions and exceptions, requiring the Company to utilize a portion of its and its subsidiaries’ cash flow from operations to make payments on its and its subsidiaries’ indebtedness, reducing the availability of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, development activity, return capital to the Company’s stockholders, and other general corporate purposes. The Company’s and its subsidiaries’ compliance with this condition may limit the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to invest in the ongoing needs of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business. For example, complying with this condition:

increases the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions;

limits the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business or markets;

makes the Company and its subsidiaries more vulnerable to increases in interest rates, as borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at variable rates;

limits the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital or other purposes; and

potentially places the Company and its subsidiaries at a competitive disadvantage compared to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ competitors that have less indebtedness.

The Credit Agreement places certain limitations on the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness. However, subject to the certain exceptions and baskets in the Credit Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness under and outside of such credit agreement. The Credit Agreement also limits or prohibits, among other things, and in each case, subject to exceptions, materiality thresholds and baskets, the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to: (a) pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase stock, or make other distributions; (b) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; (c) sell stock in certain of the Company’s subsidiaries; (d) create or incur liens; (e) make acquisitions or investments; (f) transfer or sell certain assets or merge or consolidate with or into other companies; (g) make certain payments or prepayments of indebtedness subordinated to the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement; and (h) enter into certain transactions with the Company’s affiliates.

In addition to the restrictions described above, the Credit Agreement requires the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to comply with certain other covenants, including a financial maintenance covenant regarding the Company’s total net leverage ratio on the last day of each fiscal quarter, with step downs to lower total net leverage ratio levels at specified times as set forth therein. Failure to comply with these covenants and certain other provisions of the Credit Agreement, or the occurrence of a change of control, could result in an event of default and an acceleration of the Loan Parties’ obligations under the Credit Agreement or other indebtedness that the Company and its subsidiaries may incur in the future.

19


If such an event of default and acceleration of the Loan Parties’ obligations occurs, subject to intercreditor agreements agreed to by the lenders, the lenders under the Credit Agreement would have the right to proceed against the collateral the Loan Parties granted to them to secure such indebtedness. If the debt under the Credit Agreement were to be accelerated, the Company and its subsidiaries may not have sufficient cash or be able to sell sufficient collateral to repay this debt, which would immediately and materially harm the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. The threat of the Company’s debt being accelerated in connection with a change of control could make it more difficult for the Company to attract potential buyers or to consummate a change of control transaction that would otherwise be beneficial to the Company’s stockholders.

The announced upcoming discontinuance of publishing LIBOR rates may impact the cost or availability of financing for us.


A large portion of our variable rate indebtedness ($655 million of outstanding principal as of December 31, 2021) references the London interbank offered rates ("LIBOR") as a benchmark for establishing the interest rate. LIBOR is expected to be phased out by June 2023. Although our LIBOR-based borrowings under the new credit facility contemplate a transition from LIBOR to an alternative index, uncertainty as to the nature of alternative reference rates and as to potential changes or other reforms to LIBOR may adversely impact our interest expense, in which event our available cash flow for general corporate requirements maybe adversely affected.

The Company’s failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could harm us.

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. Internal controls over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), a deficiency in internal controls over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or personnel, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a significant deficiency as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of a registrant’s financial reporting.

As a public company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing additional internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. The efforts required to ensure that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, and to remediate any existing material weakness, are costly and time-consuming, and may need to be re-evaluated frequently. Implementing appropriate changes to our internal controls may take a significant amount of time to complete, including that of directors, officers and employees, and may entail substantial costs in order to modify existing accounting systems.

Additionally, we may experience material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. For example, as previously disclosed we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to Empower Ltd.’s accounting and reporting of complex financial instruments, including application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A to the Company’s accounting classification of public shares. Remediation efforts can be time-consuming and expensive and can place a significant burden on management, thereby increasing pressure on our financial resources and processes. We may not be successful in making the improvements necessary to remediate the existing or any future material weakness, or in doing so in a timely and cost-effective manner.

20


Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting, or any failure to fully remediate the existing or any future material weaknesses that may be found to exist, could inhibit our ability to accurately and on a timely basis report our cash flows, results of operations or financial condition in compliance with applicable securities laws. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Common Stock and Warrants could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remediate any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets and negatively impact the price and trading market for our Common Stock and Warrants.

The Company may acquire or invest in other companies, which it may not be able to integrate successfully, and which could divert the Company management’s attention, result in dilution to the Company’s stockholders, and otherwise necessarilydisrupt the Company’s operations and harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company's recent growth has depended, and its future growth is likely to continue to depend, in part, on its acquisition strategy and the successful integration of acquired businesses into its existing operations. The Company intends to continue to seek acquisition opportunities both to expand into new markets and to enhance its position in existing markets. The Company cannot assure that it will be availableable to ussuccessfully integrate acquired businesses into its existing operations or expand into new markets. In addition, the Company cannot assure that any acquisition, once successfully integrated, will perform as planned, be accretive to earnings, or prove to be beneficial to the Company's results of operations or cash flow.

In the future, the Company may acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that the Company believe could complement or expand its business, enhance its capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause the Company to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

In any future acquisitions, the Company may not be able to successfully integrate acquired personnel, operations, and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. The success of the Company's acquisition strategy is subject to other risks and uncertainties, including:

an ability to realize operating efficiencies, synergies or other benefits expected from an acquisition,

and possible delays in realizing the benefits of the acquired company or products;

the risks associated with the assumption of product liabilities or contingent or undisclosed liabilities of the acquired company;

difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies throughout acquired companies;

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

difficulties in retaining key employees, customers or suppliers of the acquired business; or

the ability to generate future cash flows or the availability of financing.

the incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

the issuance of dilutive equity securities, the incurrence of debt, or the use of cash to fund such acquisitions.

In addition, an acquisition could adversely impact the Company's operating performance as a result of the incurrence of acquisition-related debt, pre-acquisition potential tax liabilities, acquisition expenses, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, or possible future impairment of goodwill or intangible assets associated with the acquisitions.

The Company may also face liability with respect to acquired businesses for violations of environment laws occurring prior to the date of acquisition, which may not be covered by environment insurance secured to mitigate the risk or by indemnification from the sellers of the acquired businesses. The Company could also incur significant costs, including, but not limited to, remediation costs, natural resources damages, civil or criminal fines and sanctions, and third-party claims, as a result of past or future violations of, or liabilities, associated with environmental laws.

21


Most members of the Company’s management team do not have prior experience in operating a public company.

Most members of the Company’s management team do not have prior experience in managing a publicly traded company. As such, the management team may encounter difficulties in successfully or effectively managing its transition to a public company and in complying with its reporting and other obligations under federal securities laws and other regulations and in connection with operating as a public company. Their lack of prior experience in dealing with the reporting and other obligations and laws pertaining to public companies could result the management of the Company being required to devote significant time to these activities which may result in less time being devoted to the management and growth of the Company. In addition, the Company is hiring additional personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience, and training in the accounting policies, practices or internal controls over financial reporting required of public companies. The Company may be required to incur significant expense in connection with these efforts.

If the Company’s goodwill, other intangible assets, or fixed assets become impaired, the Company may be required to record a charge to its earnings.

The Company may be required to record future impairments of goodwill, other intangible assets, or fixed assets to the extent the fair value of these assets falls below their book value. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based on assumptions regarding future cash flows, gross margins, expenses, discount rates applied to these cash flows, and current market estimates of value. Estimates used for future sales growth rates, gross profit performance, and other assumptions used to estimate fair value could cause the Company to record material non-cash impairment charges, which could harm the Company’s business, relationshipssales, financial condition and results of operations.

Global climate change and related regulations could negatively affect our officersbusiness.

The effects of climate change, such as extreme weather conditions, create financial risks to our business. For example, the demand for our products may be affected by unseasonable weather conditions. The effects of climate change could also disrupt our operations by impacting the availability and directors.cost of materials needed for manufacturing and could increase insurance and other operating costs. We could also face indirect financial risks passed through the supply chain and disruptions that could result in increased prices for our products and the resources needed to produce them.

Climate change is continuing to receive ever increasing attention worldwide, which could lead to additional legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. For example, new federal or state restrictions on emissions of carbon dioxide that may be imposed on vehicles and automobile fuels could adversely affect demand for vehicles, annual miles driven or the products we sell or lead to changes in automotive technology. Compliance with any new or more stringent laws or regulations, or stricter interpretations of existing laws, could require increased capital expenditures to improve our product portfolio to meet such new laws, regulations and standards. While we dohave been committed to continuous improvements to our product portfolio to meet anticipated regulatory standard levels, there can be no assurance that our commitments will be successful, that our products will be accepted by the market, that proposed regulation or deregulation will not presently anticipate engaginghave a negative competitive impact or that economic returns will reflect our investments in new product development.

22


Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks Related to Our Business

The Company may become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings and audits.

The Company’s business requires compliance with many laws and regulations, including labor and employment, sales and other taxes, customs, and consumer protection laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally and/or govern the servicesimportation, promotion, and sale of professional firmsmerchandise, and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject the Company to lawsuits and other proceedings, and could also lead to damage awards, fines, and penalties. The Company may become involved in a number of legal proceedings and audits, including government and agency investigations, and consumer, employment, tort, and other litigation. The outcome of some of these legal proceedings, audits, and other contingencies could require the Company to take, or refrain from taking, actions that could harm the Company’s operations or require the Company to pay substantial amounts of money, harming the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, defending against these lawsuits and proceedings may be necessary, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, harming the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. Any pending or future legal or regulatory proceedings and audits could harm the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company may become subject to intellectual property claims or lawsuits that could cause it to incur significant costs or pay significant damages or that could prohibit it from selling its products.

The Company’s competitors also seek to obtain patent, trademark, copyright or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, weprotection of their proprietary rights and designs for automotive products. From time to time, third parties have claimed or may engage these firms or other individualsclaim in the future in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting feethat the Company’s products infringe upon their proprietary rights. The Company evaluates any such claims and, where appropriate, has obtained or sought to obtain licenses or other compensationbusiness arrangements. To date, there have been no significant interruptions in the Company’s business as a result of any claims of infringement. However, in the future, intellectual property claims could force the Company to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based onalter its existing products or withdraw them from the termsmarket or could delay the introduction of the transaction. We will engage a finder onlynew products.

Various patents have been issued to the extent our management determinesCompany’s competitors in the automotive parts industry and these competitors may assert that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers, orCompany’s products infringe their respective affiliates, be paid by us any finder’s fee, consulting feepatent or other compensation priorproprietary rights. If the Company’s products are found to or for any services they render in order to effectuate,infringe third-party intellectual property rights, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, we may pay any of our existing directors who are not also officers, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination, to the extent such payment is in compliance with all laws and is consistent with independent director requirements. Such payment may be paid from the proceeds held in the trust account upon consummation of an initial business combination. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-business combination company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.


We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, Founders, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor or any of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Acquisition Criteria

We will target business combination opportunities that align with our strategic insights, focus, capabilities and network. Consistent with our business strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we will use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines.

We intend to seek candidates with an enterprise value of at least $750 million, and we intend to seek to acquire companies that encompass one or more of the following characteristics:

Strong core business with a competitive market position: We will seek targets that have leading market share, demonstrated competitive advantages, and well-established barriers to entry. The target business should have characteristics that are difficult to replicate, have multiple opportunities for growth and operate in markets with strong fundamentals.

Attractive financial profile: We will seek to acquire a business that has a demonstrated history of strong financial performance coupled with multiple vectors for continued future growth and strong operating margins that result in stable and sustainable free cash flow generation.

Proven management team: We intend to acquire a business with an experienced management team with a proven track record of driving growth, enhancing profitability and implementing sound strategic decisions. We want to partner with a company that can benefit from our experience and long history of investing in successful companies.

Strong corporate culture: We seek to partner with a company that has cultivated a robust corporate culture, is mission-driven with a distinct purpose and is committed to a defined set of core values.

Opportunity for operational improvement: We believe that a key driver of value creation will be the accurate identification of areas to strengthen operations and enhance execution, and we intend to identify candidates that will benefit from our knowledge, capabilities and expertise.

Platform for organic and potentially inorganic growth: We believe that we can utilize our expertise and extensive networks to source proprietary business or acquisition opportunities to accelerate the growth trajectory of a target business.

Will benefit from being a public company: We will seek management and shareholders who aspire to have their company become a public entity in order to have broader access to debt and equity capital, liquidity and incentives for employees, a currency for potential acquisitions and expanded brand and growth initiative.

Appropriate valuation: We intend to be disciplined and focused on acquiring a target at an attractive valuation relative to publicly traded comparable companies and that we believe provides significant upside.


These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our sponsors and management team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our shareholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this Annual Report, would be in the form of proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we would file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Although we intend to focus on identifying business combination candidates in the consumer products, services, retail and related industries, we will consider a business combination candidate outside of these industries if we determine that such candidate offers an attractive opportunity for our company.

Initial Business Combination

So long as our securities are listed on the NYSE, our initial business combination must occur with a target business that has an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board is not able to determine the fair market value of the target business independently, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board will be unable to make an independent determination of the fair market value of a target business, itCompany may be unable to do so if: (1) our board is less familiar obtain a license to use such technology, and it could incur substantial costs to redesign its products, withdraw them from the market, and/or inexperienced with the target company’s business, (2) there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the valuedefend legal actions.

Sales of the Company’s assetsproducts by unauthorized retailers or prospects,distributors could adversely affect the Company’s authorized distribution channels and harm the Company’s reputation.

Some of the Company’s products may find their way to unauthorized outlets or distribution channels. This “gray market” for the Company’s products can undermine authorized retailers and foreign wholesale distributors who promote and support the Company’s products, and can injure the Company’s brands in the minds of its customers and consumers. On the other hand, stopping such commerce could result in a potential decrease in sales to those customers who are selling the Company’s products to unauthorized distributors or an increase in sales returns over historical levels. While the Company has taken some lawful steps to limit commerce of its products in the “gray market” in both the United States and abroad, it has not stopped such commerce.

The Company is subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which could subject the

Company to liabilities, increase its costs or restrict its operations in the future.

The Company’s properties and operations are subject to a number of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, including, among others, regulations of the California Air Resources Board. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, water discharges, handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination and employee health and safety. The Company’s failure to comply with such environmental, health and safety laws and regulations could result in substantial civil or criminal fines or penalties or enforcement actions, including regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring remedial or corrective measures, installation of pollution control equipment or other actions.

23


The Company may also be subject to liability for environmental investigations and cleanups, including at properties that the Company currently or previously owned or operated, even if such company is at an early stagecontamination was not caused by the Company, and the Company may face claims alleging harm to health or property or natural resource damages arising out of development, operationscontamination or growth, or (3) if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills,exposure to hazardous substances. The Company may also be subject to similar liabilities and our board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of net assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our shareholders. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders and file with the SECclaims in connection with a proposed transaction willlocations at which hazardous substances or wastes the Company has generated have been stored, treated, otherwise managed, or disposed. Environmental conditions at or related to the Company’s current or former properties or operations, and/or the costs of complying with current or future environmental, health and safety requirements (which have become more stringent and complex over time) could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in, or any failure to comply with, privacy laws, regulations, and standards may adversely affect the

Company’s business.

Personal privacy and data security have become significant issues in the United States, Europe, and in many other jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, federal, state, or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws and regulations affecting data privacy, all of which may be subject to invalidation by relevant foreign judicial bodies.

Industry organizations also regularly adopt and advocate for new standards in this area. In the United States, these include such opinion.rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of federal agencies and state attorneys general and legislatures and consumer protection agencies, including, but not limited to, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”). Internationally, many jurisdictions in which the Company operates have established their own data security and privacy legal framework with which the Company or its customers must comply, including but not limited to, the European General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which imposes certain privacy-related obligations and potential penalties and risks upon the Company’s business. In many jurisdictions, enforcement actions and consequences for noncompliance are also rising. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to the Company. Any inability or perceived inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy and data security laws, regulations, and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to the Company, damage its reputation and adversely affect its business.

 

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination soThe Company’s insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and the Company may incur losses that are not covered by its insurance.

The Company maintains insurance of the type and in amounts that the post-business combination companyCompany believes is commercially reasonable and that is available to businesses in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100%its industry. The Company carries various types of insurance, including general liability, auto liability, workers’ compensation, cyber, and excess umbrella, from highly rated insurance carriers. Market forces beyond the Company’s control could limit the scope of the equity interestsinsurance coverage that the Company can obtain in the future or assetsrestrict its ability to buy insurance coverage at reasonable rates. The Company cannot predict the level of the target business. We may, however, structure our initial business combination suchpremiums that the post-business combination company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not toCompany may be required to register as an investment company underpay for subsequent insurance coverage, the Investment Company Actlevel of 1940, as amended,any deductible and/or self-insurance retention applicable thereto, the level of aggregate coverage available or the Investmentavailability of coverage for specific risks. In the event of a substantial loss, the insurance coverage that the Company Act. Even ifcarries may not be sufficient to compensate the post-business combination company ownsCompany for the losses the Company incurs or acquires 50% or moreany costs the Company is responsible for.

The Company previously identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to the voting securities of the target, our shareholdersaccounting for complex financial instruments at Empower Ltd., which existed prior to the business combination may collectively ownBusiness Combination. During 2021, the Company completed a minority interestseries of actions that effectively remediated the material weaknesses. Subsequent to the Business Combination on July 16, 2021, and upon filing the 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 26, 2021, the internal controls over financial reporting of Holley Inc. took the place of the internal controls over financial reporting of Empower Ltd. As a result, the internal control structure of Empower Ltd. is no longer in operation and, instead, the relevant internal control structure after completion of the Business Combination is that of Holley Inc. As of December 31, 2021 management has concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective. See Item 9A. – “Controls and Procedures” of this Form 10-K.

24


The existence of material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our reputation or investor perceptions of us, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares. We can give no assurance that additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribedfuture due to the targeta failure to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls, and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial numberfuture our controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares orour financial statements.

The Company may face litigation and other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However,risks as a result of Empower’s restatement of its historical financial statements and related matters.

On April 12, 2021, the Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountant of the SEC together issued a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”)” (the “SEC Statement”). Specifically, the SEC Statement focused on certain settlement terms and provisions related to certain tender offers following a business combination, which terms are similar to those contained in the Warrant Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant agent, and Empower (the “Warrant Agreement”). Following the issuance of the SEC Statement, after consultation with Empower’s independent registered public accounting firm, Empower’s management and audit committee concluded that it was appropriate to restate its previously issued audited financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. As part of the restatement, Empower identified a substantial numbermaterial weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting.

Subsequent to the filing of new shares,Amendment No. 1 to Empower’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, based on SEC guidance, we identified a material weakness in Empower’s internal control over financial reporting related to Empower’s application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A to its accounting classification of the Empower Class A Shares. On December 14, 2021, our shareholders immediately prioraudit committee and management concluded that Empower’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020, and, accordingly, our audit committee authorized management to our initial business combination could ownrestate Empower’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, where we concluded that the control deficiency that resulted in the incorrect classification of Empower Class A Shares constituted a material weakness as of December 31, 2020, resulting in the filing of Amendment No. 2 to Empower’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, filed with the SEC on February 4, 2022, and for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2021 and June 30, 2021, resulting in the filing of Amendment No. 1 to Empower’s Quarterly Report for the period ended March 31, 2021 on Form 10-Q/A, filed with the SEC on February 4, 2022 and the filing of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report for the period ended June 30, 2021 on Form 10-Q/A, filed with the SEC on February 4, 2022 . Historically, a portion of the Empower Class A Shares was classified as permanent equity to maintain stockholders’ equity greater than $5 million on the basis that Empower would not redeem its Empower Class A Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-business combination company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor. If our securities are not then listed on the NYSE for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.


To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or$5,000,001, as described in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination

Acquisition Process

In evaluating a potential target business, we expect to conduct a comprehensive due diligence review to seek to determine a company’s quality and its intrinsic value. That due diligence review may include, among other things, financial statement analysis, detailed document reviews, multiple meetings with management, consultations with relevant industry experts, competitors, customers and suppliers, as well as a review of additional information that we will seek to obtain as part of our analysis of a target company.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our and MidOcean Partners’ (“MidOcean”) management teams, including our officers and directors, directly or indirectly own our securities following the Initial Public Offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target company is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Each of our officers and directors, as well as our and MidOcean’s management teams, may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers, directors, and management team members was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to such business combination.

Each of our directors, director nominees and officers presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company, and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates. However, we do not currently expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.


Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of ourEmpower’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we may decidePursuant to seek shareholder approval for business or other reasons.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completionthe Company’s re-evaluation of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunityEmpower’s application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A to redeem all or a portionits accounting classification of theirEmpower Class A ordinary shares uponShares, the completionCompany’s management has determined that the Empower Class A Shares include certain provisions that require classification of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculatedall Empower Class A Shares as of two business days prior to the consummationtemporary equity regardless of the initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds heldnet tangible assets redemption limitation contained in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account was initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Further, we will not proceed with redeeming our public shares, even if a public shareholder has properly elected to redeem its shares, if a business combination does not close.

Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to ourEmpower’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or during any extended time that we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months asassociation.

As a result of a shareholder vote to amend our amendedsuch material weaknesses, the restatements, the change in accounting for the Warrants and restated memorandum and articlesthe A&R FPA, reclassification of association (the “Extension Period”) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of ourEmpower Class A ordinary shares.

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amendedShares, and restated memorandum and articles of association provideother matters raised or that may in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets tothe future be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject toraised by the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However,SEC, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the targetCompany faces potential for working capitallitigation or other general corporate purposesdisputes which may include, among others, claims invoking the federal and state securities laws, contractual claims or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.


Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation If No Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we have only 24 monthsclaims arising from the closing of the Initial Public Offering to consummate an initial business combination. If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payablerestatement and material weaknesses in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame).

Our sponsor, executive officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.


Corporate Information

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law that is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies, and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Facilities

We currently maintain our executive offices at 245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10167. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.


We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, sent to shareholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on ourEmpower’s internal control over financial reporting. A target business may not be in compliance withreporting and the provisionspreparation of Empower’s financial statements. As of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacydate of their internal controls. The development ofthis annual report, the internal controlsCompany has no knowledge of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with newlitigation or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value, the volume weighted average trading price of its Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on whichdispute. However, the Company consummates its initial business combination (such price, the “market value”), of our Class A ordinary sharescan provide no assurance that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. Wesuch litigation or dispute will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.

We maintain a corporate website at www.empowermidocean.com. The information that may be contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not incorporated by reference in, or otherwise a part of, this report.


Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before making a decision to invest in our units. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. The following is a summary of the principal factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky, all of which are more fully described belowarise in the section titled “Risk Factors.” This summary should be read in conjunction with the “Risk Factors” section and should not be relied upon as an exhaustive summary of the material risks facing our business. In addition to the following summary, you should consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section and the other information contained in this Annual Report before investing in our securities.

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

Past performance by our management team or their respective affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Our shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our shareholders do not support such a combination.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor and members of our management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

The requirement that we consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets. We may not be able to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase public shares or warrants, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants.


If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our security holders are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for the 12 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and our ability to complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share.

The securities in which we invest the proceeds held in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the interest income available for payment of taxes or reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in any such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and social conditions and government policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.


Risks Related to Our Business and Financial Position

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated company, incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for the 12 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and our ability to complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 12 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We expect to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. However, our affiliates are not obligated to make loans to us in the future, and we may not be able to raise additional financing from unaffiliated parties necessary to fund our expenses.future. Any such event in the future may negatively impact the analysis regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at such time. We believe that, as of December 31, 2020, the funds available to us outside of the trust account, together with funds available from loans from our sponsor, its affiliateslitigation or members of our management team will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 12 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate, and our sponsor, its affiliatesdispute, whether successful or members of our management team are under no obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Of the funds available to us, we expect to use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not, have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

Of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, only $1,080,629 is available to us as of December 31, 2020 outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that such amount is insufficient to fund our search for a target business and to consummate an initial business combination we may seek additional capital. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, its affiliates, members of our management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor their affiliates is under any obligation to us in such circumstances. Any such advances may be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per public share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.


Past performance by our management team or their respective affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience or performance of our management team and their respective affiliates is not a guarantee of either (i) our ability to successfully identify and execute a transaction or (ii) success with respect to any business combination that we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team or their respective affiliates as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. Our management has no experience in operating special purpose acquisition companies.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers.

The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. None of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to their other business activities, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. In addition, we do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel after our initial business combination, however, remains to be determined. Although some of our key personnel serve in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that most, if not all, of the management of the target business will remain in place. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.


Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. Our sponsor, upon and following consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as our sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement, which is described herein under the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence — Registration and Shareholder Rights.”

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”


Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses or entities. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with other blank check companies that may have acquisition objectives that are similar to ours. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to such other blank check companies prior to its presentation to us, subject to our officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any business combination opportunity offered to any Founder, director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence.”

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours. Additionally, Empower Funding is an affiliate of our sponsor.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest.

Risks Related to Our Proposed Initial Business Combination

Our shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. For instance, if we were seeking to acquire a target business where the consideration we were paying in the transaction was all cash, we would typically not be required to seek shareholder approval to complete such a transaction. Except for as required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares do not approve of the business combination we complete.


Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

You will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor and members of our management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our sponsor owns, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the Initial Public Offering.

Our sponsor and members of our management team also may from time to time purchase Class A ordinary shares prior to our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at a general meeting. As a result, in addition to our sponsor’s founder shares, we would need 9,375,001, or 37.5% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted), or 1,562,501, or 6.25% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted), of the 25,000,000 public shares sold in the Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our sponsor and each member of our management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If a large number of shares are submitted for redemption, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for additional third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.


The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time frame described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced, which has and is continuing to spread throughout the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. The pandemic, together with resulting voluntary and U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. governmental actions, including, without limitation, mandatory business closures, public gathering limitations, restrictions on travel and quarantines, has meaningfully disrupted the global economy and markets. Although the long-term economic fallout of COVID-19 is difficult to predict, it has and is expected to continue to have ongoing material adverse effects across many, if not all, aspects of the regional, national and global economy. The COVID-19 outbreak has and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 continues to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected.


In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity in third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

We may not be able to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and consummate an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 continues to grow both in the U.S. and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on us will depend on future developments, it could limit our ability to complete our initial business combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire. If we have not consummated an initial business combination within such applicable time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law. In either such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per public share, or less than $10.00 per public share, on the redemption of their shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase public shares or warrants, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares or warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although, other than the Empower Funding forward purchase agreement, they are under no obligation to do so. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares or warrants in such transactions.


In the event that our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such transaction could be to (1) vote in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination, (2) reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination or (3) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.


Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemption from our trust account.

If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the trust account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind up, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial business combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we do not complete our initial business combination and do not amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue business combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.


We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a business combination target is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination target, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in the Initial Public Offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination target. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.


We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. At March 5, 2021, there were 475,000,000 and 4,375,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants or shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares, if any, or any shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares or upon the exercise of the forward purchase warrants. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to consummate an initial business combination) at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. There are no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to or in connection with our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination or on any other proposal presented to shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares, including the issuance of the forward purchase securities:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the Initial Public Offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us;

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants; and

may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.


Unlike some other similarly structured blank check companies, our sponsor will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to consummate an initial business combination) at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding the forward purchase securities and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, any of its affiliates or any members of our management team upon conversion of working capital loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one. This is different than some other similarly structured blank check companies in which our sponsor will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

The investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments requires substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder or warrant holder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or warrant holder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or warrant holders to pay such taxes.

Shareholders or warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.


We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”

Our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities.

Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria and guidelines for an initial business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers or directors, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or the Initial Public Offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On August 21, 2020, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (937,500 of which was forfeited by our sponsor in connection with the Initial Public Offering). Prior to the initial investment in the Company of $25,000 by our sponsor, the Company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per-share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the Company by the number of founder shares issued. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 4,666,667 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, at a price of $1.50 per warrant ($7,000,000 in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering. If we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of the Initial Public Offering nears, which is generally the deadline for our consummation of an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and forward purchase units, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single-target business or multiple-target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry.

Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.


We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-business combination company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-business combination company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the Company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our business combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.


We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding private placement warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the forward purchase warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the forward purchase warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding forward purchase warrants. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.


The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to the rights of a company’s shareholders, without approval by a certain percentage of the Company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the Company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our ordinary shares; provided that the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares. Our sponsor owns, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our Class A ordinary shares, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, executive officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers, directors or director nominees for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and the forward purchase units will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet selected any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and forward purchase units prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment may make it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued developmentCompany’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

25


Changes in tax laws or growth ofunanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect the target business. Other than in connection with the Empower Funding forward purchase agreement, none of our officers, directors or shareholdersCompany’s effective income tax rate and profitability.

The Company is requiredsubject to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination.


Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally acceptedincome taxes in the United States (federal and state) and various foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s effective income tax rate could be adversely affected in the future by a number of America,factors, including changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and regulations or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstancestheir interpretations and application, and the historical financial statements may be requiredoutcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions around the world. In particular, the Biden administration has proposed increases to be auditedthe U.S. corporate income tax rate from 21% to 28% and made other proposals. If any of these (or similar) proposals are ultimately enacted into law, in accordance withwhole or in part, they could have a negative impact on our effective tax rate. We cannot predict the standardslikelihood, timing or substance of U.S. tax proposals and will continue to monitor the progress of such proposals, as well as other global tax reform initiatives.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities

Certain of the PublicCompany’s stockholders, including the Holley Stockholder and the Sponsor, may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders and may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

As of December 31, 2021, Holley Parent Holdings, LLC (the “Holley Stockholder”) andEmpower Sponsor Holdings LLC (the "Sponsor")(together with its affiliates) beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 67.8% of our shares of Common Stock, excluding any warrants exercisable for Common Stock held by Sponsor or its affiliates (or 69.5% inclusive of shares of Common Stock underlying Warrants held by Sponsor and its affiliates). As a result of this concentration of stock ownership, these parties acting together and, in the case of the Holley Stockholder, on its own, have sufficient voting power to effectively control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including director elections and proposed amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. On July 16, 2021, (the “Closing” and such date, the “Closing Date”), the Company, Accounting Oversight Board (United States),the Sponsor, the Sponsor Investors, the Holley Stockholder and the Sentinel Investors entered into the Stockholders’ Agreement, pursuant to which the Holley Stockholder and the Sponsor have the right to designate nominees for election to the Company’s board of directors subject to certain beneficial ownership requirements.

In addition, this concentration of ownership may delay or PCAOB. These financial statement requirementsprevent a merger, consolidation or other business combination or change in control of our Company and make some transactions that might otherwise give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our securities more difficult or impossible without their support. Because we have opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) regulating certain business combinations with interested stockholders, these parties may transfer their shares of Common Stock and such control of us to a third party, which would not require the approval of our board of directors or other stockholders and may limit the poolprice that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of potential targetour Common Stock. The interests of these parties may not always coincide with our interests as a company or the interests of other stockholders. Accordingly, these parties could cause us to enter into transactions or agreements of which you would not approve or make decisions with which you would disagree. This concentration of ownership may also adversely affect the trading prices of our securities.

Each of the Holley Stockholder and the Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with the Company. The certificate of incorporation provides that none of the Holley Stockholder, the Sponsor, any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by the Company (including any non-employee director who serves as one of the Company’s officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company operates. Each of the Holley Stockholder and the Sponsor also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to the Company’s business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to the Company.

Warrants are exercisable for Common Stock, which could increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

The Company has an aggregate of 14,666,644 Warrants issued and outstanding, representing the right to purchase an equivalent amount shares of Common Stock. The Warrants became exercisable on October 9, 2021. The exercise price of the Warrants is $11.50 per share. To the extent such Warrants are exercised, additional shares of Common Stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to our stockholders and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market or the fact that such Warrants may be exercised could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. However, there is no guarantee that the Warrants will ever be in the money prior to their expiration, and as such, the Warrants may expire worthless.

26


The Warrants may expire worthless and the terms of the Warrants may be amended in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Warrants approve of such amendment.

The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of the Warrants. Accordingly, we may acquire because some targetsamend the terms of the Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the Warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding Warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant.

The market price and trading volume of Common Stock and Warrants may be volatile.

Stock markets, including the NYSE, have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. Even if an active, liquid and orderly trading market develops and is sustained for Common Stock and Warrants, the market price of Common Stock and Warrants may be volatile and could decline significantly, whether or not any price changes are related to matters specific to the Company. In addition, the trading volume in Common Stock and Warrants may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of Common Stock and Warrants declines significantly, you may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rulesresell your shares of Common Stock and complete our initial business combination withinWarrants at or above the prescribed time frame.

Risks Associated with Acquiringmarket price of Common Stock and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;


unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the Company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in any such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and social conditions and government policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.


Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the SEC, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from seeking a business combination target.

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

If we effect an initial business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

If we effect an initial business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will likely govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations.Warrants. We cannot assure you that the targetmarket price of Common Stock and Warrants will not fluctuate widely or decline significantly in the future in response to a number of factors, including, among others, the following:

the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this annual report;

actual or anticipated differences in the Company’s estimates, or in the estimates of analysts, for the Company’s revenues, results of operations, level of indebtedness, liquidity or financial condition;

additions and departures of key personnel;

failure to comply with the requirements of the NYSE;

failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or other laws or regulations;

future issuances, sales or resales, or anticipated issuances, sales or resales, of Common Stock;

perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with Common Stock relative to other investment alternatives;

the performance and market valuations of other similar companies;

future announcements concerning the Company’s business or its competitors’ businesses;

broad disruptions in the financial markets, including sudden disruptions in the credit markets;

speculation in the press or investment community;

actual, potential or perceived control, accounting or reporting problems;

changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; and

general economic and political conditions, such as the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak, recessions, interest rates, local and national elections, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, corruption, political instability and acts of war (such as the ongoing conflict in Ukraine) or terrorism.

In the past, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert the Company’s management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

27


Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our actual results, could adversely affect the market price and trading volume of Common Stock and Warrants.

The market for Common Stock and Warrants depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about the Company or its business. Securities research analysts may establish and publish their own periodic projections for Holley. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our share price may decline if our actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, will be ableour share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to enforce anypublish reports on us regularly, demand for Common Stock and Warrants could decrease, which might cause the market price and trading volume of its material agreements or that remedies will be availableour Common Stock and Warrants to decline significantly.

Future sales of our Common Stock and Warrants in this new jurisdiction. the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

The system of lawsHolley Stockholder and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation asSponsor (together with its affiliates) beneficially own, in the United States. The inabilityaggregate, approximately 67.8% of our shares of Common Stock, excluding any warrants exercisable for Common Stock held by Sponsor or its affiliates (or 69.5% inclusive of shares of Common Stock underlying Warrants held by Sponsor and its affiliates). All shares held by our affiliates are eligible for resale in the public market, subject to enforce or obtain a remedy underapplicable securities laws, including the Securities Act. Therefore, unless shares owned by any of our affiliates are registered under the Securities Act, these shares may only be resold into the public markets in accordance with the requirements of an exemption from registration or safe harbor, including Rule 144 and the volume limitations, manner of sale requirements and notice requirements thereof. However, pursuant to the terms the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, the Sponsor and the Holley Stockholder have the right to demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act as well as the right to include their shares in any registration statement that we file with the SEC, subject to certain exceptions. The registration statement, which was filed pursuant to these registration rights, and any registration of other shares we may file in the future, agreementsenables those securities to be sold in the public market. Any sale by the Holley Stockholder, the Sponsor or other affiliates and stockholders, or any perception in the public markets that such a transaction may occur could cause the market price of our Common Stock and Warrants to decline materially.

The Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and, as a result, in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.


Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities

Youqualifies for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. If we rely on such exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

The Holley Stockholder owns a majority of our Common Stock, meaning that the Company is a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, company or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

the nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a controlled company. We are not utilizing these exemptions; however, if in the future we decide to rely on such exemptions, we may elect not to comply with the foregoing NYSE corporate governance requirements and, if we do, investors in our securities may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

28


The Company may redeem your unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Warrants worthless.

The Company has the ability to redeem outstanding Warrants at any rightstime prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of Common Stock equals or interestsexceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may not exercise its redemption right if the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or it is unable to effect such registration or qualification. The Company will use its best efforts to register or qualify such shares of Common Stock under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in funds fromthose states in which the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore,Warrants were offered. Redemption of the outstanding Warrants could force you (i) to liquidateexercise your investment, youWarrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be forceddisadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your public sharesWarrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Warrants or warrants, potentially(iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at a loss.

Our public shareholdersthe time the outstanding Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your Warrants. None of the Private Warrants will be entitled to receive funds fromredeemable by the trust account only uponCompany so long as they are held by the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substanceSponsor, or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.its permitted transferees.

The NYSE may delist ourthe Company’s securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’stockholders’ ability to make transactions in ourits securities and subject usthe Company to additional trading restrictions.

Our Common Stock and Warrants are currently listed on NYSE. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination.NYSE. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE, priorthe Company will be required to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and sharestock price levels, such as a minimum market capitalization (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, our units will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination and, in connection with our initial business combination, welevels. Generally, the Company will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE continued listing requirements,maintain a minimum amount in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our total market capitalization would be required to be at least $200.0 million, the aggregate market value of publicly held shares would be required to be at least $100.0 million and we would be required to have at least 400 round lot shareholders. We may not be able to meet those listing requirements at that time, especially if there are a significant number of redemptions in connection with our initial business combination.stockholders’ equity.

If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, we and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, westockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

reduced liquidity for our securities;

 

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares areCommon Stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

 

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

 

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.


The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our Class A ordinary sharesSince the Company’s Common Stock and warrants qualify as covered securities under the statute because theyWarrants are listed on the NYSE.NYSE, they are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of coveredits securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we werethe Company was no longer listed on the NYSE, ourits securities would not qualify asbe covered securities under the statute and weit would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer ourit offers its securities.

Our security holders are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investorsFuture issuances of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offeringdebt securities and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United Statesequity securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 as a result of the completion of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants and filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors are not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units were immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the Initial Public Offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to appoint directors and to discuss company affairs with management. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term.


Holders of Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to our initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of our company prior to the consummation of an initial business combination.

The warrants may become exercisable and redeemable for a security other than the Class A ordinary shares, and you will not have any information regarding such other security at this time.

In certain situations, including if we are not the surviving entity in our initial business combination, the warrants may become exercisable for a security other than the Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if the surviving company redeems your warrants for securities pursuant to the warrant agreement, you may receive a security in a company of which you do not have information at this time. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the surviving company will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the issuance of the security underlying the warrants within twenty business days of the closing of an initial business combination.

The grant of registration rights to our sponsor and the forward purchase investors may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into on October 6, 2020, prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, our sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants, and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of such warrants. Pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, we agree that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of (A) the forward purchase shares, (B) the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the forward purchase warrants and (c) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investors,Company, including any acquired after we complete our initial business combination, (ii) cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days after the closing of the initial business combination and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and to ensure the registration statement does not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which a forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreement. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition,Common Stock and may be dilutive to existing stockholders.

There is no assurance that the existenceCompany will not incur debt or issue equity ranking senior to Common Stock. Those securities will generally have priority upon liquidation. Such securities also may be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting its operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that the Company issues in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of Common Stock. Separately, additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. Because the Company’s decision to issue debt or equity in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond the Company’s control, it cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of the registration rightsCompany’s future capital raising efforts. As a result, future capital raising efforts may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact onreduce the market price of our securities that is expected whenCommon Stock and be dilutive to existing stockholders.

29


The Company does not intend to pay cash dividends for the securities owned by our sponsor orforeseeable future.

The Company currently intends to retain its permitted transferees are registered for resale.


We havefuture earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of its business and does not registeredintend to pay cash dividends in the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desiresforeseeable future. Any future determination to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We have not registered the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance of such shares, and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed. We cannot assure you that wepay dividends will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the above requirements, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, in which case, the number of Class A ordinary shares that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum amount of shares equal to 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment). However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the timediscretion of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. Exercising the warrants on a cashless basis could have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of Class A ordinary shares upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our private placement warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the public warrants included as part of units sold in the Initial Public Offering. In such an instance, our sponsor and its permitted transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to exercise their warrants and sell the ordinary shares underlying their warrants while holders of our public warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying ordinary shares. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their warrants.

Our sponsor controls a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our sponsor owns, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Accordingly, it may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our sponsor purchases any additional Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase its control. Neither our sponsor nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities other the forward purchase agreement further described herein under the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence — Forward Purchase Agreement.” Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were appointed by our sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual general meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for appointment and our sponsor, because of its ownership position, will control the outcome, as only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and to remove directors prior to our initial business combination. In addition, the founder shares, all of which are held by our sponsor, will, in a vote to transfer the Company by way of continuation out of the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), entitle the holders to ten votes for every founder share. This provision of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. As a result, you will not have any influence over our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination. Accordingly, our sponsor will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor.


We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correcting any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement s, or defective provision (ii) amending the provisions relating to cash dividends on ordinary shares as contemplated by and in accordance with the warrant agreement or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding private placement warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the forward purchase warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the forward purchase warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding forward purchase warrants. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

Our warrant agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our warrant agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.


This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem the outstanding public warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption and provided that certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the warrants. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your warrants.

In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding public warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption and provided that certain other conditions are met, including that holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A ordinary shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A ordinary shares. The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the number of ordinary shares received is capped at 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.

Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

In connection with our Initial Public Offer, we issued warrants to purchase 8,333,333 of our Class A ordinary shares, we issued in a private placement an aggregate of 4,666,667 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. We also plan to issue 1,666,667 forward purchase warrants pursuant to the forward purchase agreement. In addition, if our sponsor, its affiliates or a member of our management team makes any working capital loans, it may convert up to $2,000,000 of such loans into up to an additional 666,667 private placement warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares in connection with our redemption of our warrants.

To the extent we issue ordinary shares for any reason, including to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.


Because each unit contains one-third of one redeemable warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-third of one redeemable warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-third of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if a unit included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if (i) we issue additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities, excluding the forward purchase securities, for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at a newly issued price of less than $9.20 per ordinary share, (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and will depend on its financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in the case of anyfuture agreements and financing instruments, business prospects and such issuance to the sponsor orother factors as its affiliates, without taking into account any founder shares held by the sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “newly issued price”), (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (iii) the market value is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the market value and the newly issued price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the market value and the newly issued price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price ‘will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the market value and the newly issued price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

A market for our securities may not fully develop or be sustained, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. An active trading market for our securities may not fully develop or be sustained. Additionally, if our securities become delisted from the NYSE for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Pink Sheets, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities not listed on a national exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were listed on the NYSE or another national exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be fully developed and sustained.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We are also subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.


We have been advised by Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.deems relevant.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors, the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, and the fact that prior to the completion of our initial business combination only holders of our Class B ordinary shares, which have been issued to our sponsor, are entitled to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Since only holders of our founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, the NYSE may considerThe JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Only holders of our founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. As a result, the NYSE may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

we have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

we have a compensation committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We do not intend to utilize these exemptions and intend to comply with the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, subject to applicable phase-in rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize some or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.


Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable for a fine of $18,292.68 and imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

Risks Related to Our Trust Account

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third-party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third-party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to a letter agreement entered into with our sponsor, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third-party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third-party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.


However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

The securities in which we invest the proceeds held in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the interest income available for payment of taxes or reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

The net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account may only be invested in direct U.S. Treasury obligations having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in certain money market funds which invest only in direct U.S. Treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. Treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event of very low or negative yields, the amount of interest income (which we may withdraw to pay income taxes, if any) would be reduced. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the trust account, plus any interest income. If the balance of the trust account is reduced below $250,000,000 as a result of negative interest rates, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per public share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.


If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy or insolvency estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy or insolvency claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

General Risk Factors

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.


We do not believe that our principal activities subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares; or (iii) absent our completing an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants who or that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (iii) an estate or trust the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if (A) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) it has in effect a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person (a “U.S. holder”), such U.S. holder may be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception, depending on the particular circumstances, the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there can be no assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to holders of our ordinary shares and warrants.


We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosurevarious reporting requirements availableapplicable to “emerging growth companies” or “smaller reporting companies,” this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We areThe Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” within the meaningas defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, andAct. As such, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emergingemerging growth companies”companies for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, including but not limited to, not being required to comply with(i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements ofwith respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.statements. As a result, our shareholdersstockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could bewill remain an emerging growth company for upuntil the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including ifbe a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary sharesthe Common Stock and Warrants that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 beforethe last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company ascan take advantage of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companiesexemption from being required to complycomplying with new or revised financialaccounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards.companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt outavail ourselves of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company whichthat is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company whichthat has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

We cannot predict if investors will find the Common Stock and Warrants of the Company less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the Common Stock and Warrants of the Company less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Common Stock, and Warrants of the Company and more stock price volatility.

Additionally, weDelaware law and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Common Stock, and therefore depress the trading price of Common Stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are a “smaller reporting company” as definednot nominated by the current members of the Company’s board of directors or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, amongour management. Among other things, providing onlythe certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions regarding:

a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

prevent stockholders from acting by written consent;

limit the ability of stockholders to amend our certificate of incorporation;

30


limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors;

prevent stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders;

the ability of the board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder;

the certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors;

the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, the Company’s directors and officers;

the ability of the board of directors to amend the bylaws; and

advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting.

These provisions, alone or together, could discourage, delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control, including transactions in which the acquirer may offer a premium price for our Common Stock and Warrants, or changes in the Company’s board of directors or management.

In addition, our Incentive Plan provides for accelerated vesting of awards that are assumed or substituted in connection with a change in control of the Company as a result of the change in control if a participant experiences a qualifying termination within two years of audited financial statements. We will remainfollowing the change in control, which could discourage, delay or prevent a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30,merger or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.acquisition at a premium price.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacycertificate of its internal controls. The developmentincorporation requiring exclusive forum in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

The certificate of incorporation provides that, unless the Company selects or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable law: (a) the sole and exclusive forum for any complaint asserting any internal controlcorporate claims, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and subject to applicable jurisdictional requirements, shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have, or declines to accept, jurisdiction, another state court or a federal court located within the State of Delaware); and (b) the sole and exclusive forum for any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be the federal district courts of the United States of America. For purposes of the foregoing, “internal corporate claims” means claims, including claims in the right of the Company that are based upon a violation of a duty by a current or former director, officer, employee or stockholder in such capacity, or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction upon the Court of Chancery. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of Common Stock will be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such entitycourt to achieve compliance withenforce the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the timecertificate of incorporation’s exclusive forum provision (an “FSC Enforcement Action”), and costs necessary to complete(ii) having service of process made upon such holder of Common Stock in any such acquisition.FSC Enforcement Action by service upon such holder of Common Stock’s counsel in such action as agent for such holder of Common Stock.


Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could resultThese provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against the Company’s directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructureother companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. Itit is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against the Company, a court could find the choice of these occurrences,forum provisions contained in the certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.unenforceable in such action.

31


Item 1B. Unresolved Staff CommentsComments:

None.None

Item 2. Properties

Our executive offices arecorporate headquarters is located at c/o MidOcean Partners 245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor New York, NY 10167,1801 Russellville Rd, Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101. We own the property and building where our telephoneheadquarters is located. Our facility is approximately 200,000 square feet and includes approximately 68,500 square feet for corporate office space, 88,300 square feet for manufacturing and approximately 42,100 square feet for product shipment and delivery acceptance.

We have a number is (212) 497-1400.of locations across the United States, Canada and Italy that serve multiple functions including distribution, engineering, manufacturing, office space, R&D, and retail sales. We have 17 facilities that perform manufacturing of our products and 16 distribution locations. We also have 15 R&D/Engineering facilities designed to grow our new product innovations.

We are currently not a party to and none ofany legal proceedings that would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our property isbusiness or financial condition. From time to time, we are subject to any material pending legal proceedings.litigation incidental to our business, as well as other litigation of a non-material nature in the ordinary course of business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.applicable


32


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are traded on the NYSENew York Stock Exchange under the symbols “EMPW.U”, “EMPW”“HLLY” and “EMPW WS”,“HLLY WS,” respectively. Our units, commenced public trading on October 9, 2020 and our Class A ordinary shares and warrants began separate trading on November 27, 2020.

Holders

As of February 24, 2021, the Depository Trust Company was the only holder of record for our units, Class A common stock, and public warrants. Sponsor is the sole holderMarch 14, 2022, there were approximately 20 stockholders of record of our founder shares and private placement warrants.common stock.

DividendsDividend Policy

We have notnever declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to datecapital stock, and we do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment ofcurrently anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completionforeseeable future.

Issuer Repurchase of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.Equity Securities

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation PlansNone

None.

RecentUnregistered Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered OfferingsEquity Securities

Unregistered Sales

On August 21, 2020, our sponsor purchased 7,187,500 founder shares for an aggregate price of $25,000. Our sponsor agreed to forfeit up to 937,500 founder shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercisedExcept as previously disclosed in full by the underwriters. The forfeiture was to be adjusted to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters so that the founder shares would represent 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after our Initial Public Offering. The underwriters declined to exercise their 45-day over-allotment option in connection with our Initial Public Offering; thus, the 937,500 founder shares were forfeited by our sponsor.

On October 9, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 25,000,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating total gross proceeds of $250,000,000. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC acted as the book-running managers. The securities sold in the offering were registered under the Securities Act on registration statementsCurrent Report on Form S-1 (No. 333-248899). The registration statements became effective on October 6, 2020 and registered the sale of a maximum of 28,750,000 units. Additionally, we granted the underwriters in the Initial Public Offering a 45-day option from October 6, 2020 to purchase up to 3,750,000 additional units.

Simultaneously with the consummation8-K, no unregistered sales of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated a private placement of 4,666,667 private placement warrants to our sponsor at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant, generating total proceeds of $7,000,000. SuchCompany’s equity securities were issued pursuant tomade during the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.year ended December 31, 2021.

 


The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants underlying the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the private placement warrants are not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Of the gross proceeds received from the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, $250,000,000 (consisting of $245,000,000 of net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering, which amount includes $8,750,000 in the form of deferred underwriting commissions, and $5,000,000 of proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants) was placed in the trust account.

Use of Proceeds

On October 9, 2020, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,000,000 units, at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $250,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of 4,666,667 private placement warrants to the sponsor at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant generating gross proceeds of $7,000,000. Following the Initial Public Offering, and the sale of the private placement warrants, a total of $250,000,000 was placed in the trust account, and we had $1,122,742 of cash held outside of the trust account, after payment of costs related to the Initial Public Offering, and available for working capital purposes. We incurred $14,215,163 in transaction costs, including $5,000,000 of underwriting fees, $8,750,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $465,163 of other costs.

We paid a total of $5,000,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions and $465,163 for other costs and expenses related to the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters agreed to defer $8,750,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per unit, or $8,750,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that we complete our initial business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data[Reserved]

As a “smaller reporting company,” we are not required to provide the information called for by this Item.33


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.Operations

References in this Annual Report on Form 10-KUnless the context requires otherwise, references to “Holley,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” refer to Empower Ltd. References to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our officers and directors, and references“the Company” in this section are to the “sponsor” refer to Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC.business and operations of Holley Inc. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our auditedHolley’s consolidated financial statements and therelated notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Reportannual report on Form 10-K. CertainIn addition to historical information, contained in thethis discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Ourassumptions that could cause Holley’s actual results mayto differ materially from management’s expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed herein and under the caption, “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a designer, marketer, and manufacturer of high performance automotive aftermarket products serving car and truck enthusiasts, with sales, processing, and distribution facilities reaching most major markets in the United States, Canada, Europe and China. Holley designs, markets, manufactures and distributes a diversified line of performance automotive products including fuel injection systems, tuners, exhaust products, carburetors, safety equipment and various other performance automotive products. The Company’s products are designed to enhance street, off-road, recreational and competitive vehicle performance and safety.

Innovation is at the core of our business and growth strategy with approximately 35% of our 2021 sales coming from products introduced by us into the market since 2016. We have a history of developing innovative products, including new products in existing product families, product line expansions, and accessories, as well as products that bring us into new categories. We have thoughtfully expanded our product portfolio over time to adapt to consumer needs.

In addition, we have historically used strategic acquisitions to (i) expand our brand portfolio, (ii) enter new product categories and consumer segments, (iii) increase direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) scale and connection, (iv) expand share in current product categories and (v) realize value-enhancing revenue and cost synergies. While we believe our business is positioned for continued organic growth, we intend to continue evaluating opportunities for strategic acquisitions that would complement our current business and expand our addressable target market.

Factors Affecting our Performance

We believe that our performance and future success depend on a number of factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those anticipateddiscussed below and in these forward-lookingthe section of this Form 10-K titled “Risk Factors.”

Business Combination

On July 16, 2021 we consummated a business combination (“Business Combination”) pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated March 11, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Empower Ltd., (“Empower”), Empower Merger Sub I Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Empower (“Merger Sub I”), Empower Merger Sub II LLC, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Empower (“Merger Sub II”), and Holley Intermediate Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings").

The Merger Agreement provided for, among other things, the following transactions: (i) Merger Sub I merged with and into Holdings, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub I ceased and Holdings became the surviving corporation, and (ii) Holdings merged with and into Merger Sub II, the separate corporate existence of Holdings ceased and Merger Sub II became the surviving limited liability company. Upon closing, Empower changed its name to Holley Inc. and its trading symbol on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) from “EMPW” to “HLLY.”

The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization. Holdings was deemed the accounting acquirer with Holley Inc. as the successor registrant. As such, Empower was treated as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes, and financial statements asfor periods prior to the Business Combination are those of Holdings.

As a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors”the Business Combination, Holley Inc. listed on the NYSE, which required us to hire additional personnel and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 19, 2020 formed for the purpose of effecting our initial business combination We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash derived from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offeringhave incurred and the sale of the private placement warrants, our shares, debt or a combination of cash, shares and debt.

We expect to continue to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, and additional internal and external accounting, legal, and administrative resources, including increased personnel costs, audit and other professional service fees.

34


Acquisitions

Holley has historically pursued a growth strategy through both organic growth and acquisitions. The Company has pursued acquisitions that it believes will help drive profitability, cash flow and stockholder value. Holley targets companies that are market leaders, expand the Company’s geographic presence, provide a highly synergistic opportunity and/or enhance Holley’s ability to provide a wide array of its products to its customers through its distribution network.

From 2019 through 2021, we completed 12 acquisitions. The most significant of these acquisitions impacting the comparability of our operating results were:

AEM Performance Electronics: On April 14, 2021 Holley acquired AEM Performance Electronics (“AEM”), a developer and supplier of electronic control and monitoring systems for performance automotive applications. This acquisition increases Holley’s penetration into the import and other sport compact cars submarket.
Drake Automotive Group: On November 11, 2020 Holley acquired Drake Automotive Group LLC (“Drake”), a designer and seller of automotive aftermarket appearance parts, wheels, chassis & suspension products and accessories. This acquisition increases Holley’s penetration within the Ford/Mustang platform where it has historically been under indexed relative to the market.
Simpson Performance Products: On November 16, 2020 Holley acquired Simpson Performance Products, Inc. (“Simpson”), a designer and seller of motorsport safety products including helmets head & neck restraints, seat belts, firesuits and more. This acquisition extended Holley’s footprint into the safety and racing segment.

The acquisitions have all been accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, and the operations of the acquired entities are included in our historical results for the periods following the closing of the acquisition. See Note 1, “Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 2, “Business Combination and Acquisitions,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the Company’s acquisitions and investments.

COVID-19 Outbreak

COVID-19 has adversely impacted global supply chain and general economic conditions. The Company has experienced, and expects to continue to experience, disruptions and higher costs in manufacturing, supply chain, logistical operations, and shortages of certain Company products in distribution channels. In 2021 we continued to generate strong demand for our products; however, we have experienced and may continue to experience global supply constraints which affected our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner and incremental costs from labor and material inflation, and expediting costs resulting from current-period supply chain shortages. The full extent of the pursuitimpact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company's business and operational and financial performance and condition is currently uncertain and will depend on many factors outside the Company's control, including but not limited to the timing, extent, duration and effects of the virus and any of its mutations, the utilization and effectiveness of treatments and vaccines, the imposition of effective public safety and other protective measures, the further impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and demand for the Company's products and services. Should the COVID-19 pandemic, including variants such as Delta and Omicron, not improve or worsen, or if the Company's attempt to mitigate its impact on its supply chain, operations and costs is not successful, the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected. See Part I: Item 1A. Risk Factors for additional discussion on the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact on our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete our initial business combination will be successful.business.


Key Components of Results of Operations

Net Sales

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any operating revenues to date. Our only activitiesThe principal activity from inception through December 31, 2020 were organizational activitieswhich the Company generates its sales is the designing, marketing, manufacturing and those necessary to preparedistribution of performance aftermarket automotive parts for the Initial Public Offering, described belowits end consumers. Sales are displayed net of rebates and looking forsales returns allowances. Sales returns are recorded as a business combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our initial business combination. We expect to generate non-operating incomecharge against gross sales in the formperiod in which the related sales are recognized.

Cost of interest income on marketable securities held afterGoods Sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the Initial Public Offering. We expect that we willcost of purchased parts and manufactured products, including materials and direct labor costs. In addition, warranty, incoming shipping and handling and inspection and repair costs are also included within costs of goods sold. Reductions in the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are also a component of cost of goods sold.

35


Selling, General, and Administrative

Selling, general, and administrative consist of payroll and related personnel expenses, IT and office services, office rent expense and professional services. In addition, self-insurance, advertising, research and development, outgoing shipping costs, pre-production and start-up costs are also included within selling, general, and administrative. The Company expects to incur increasedadditional expenses as a result of beingoperating as a public company, (for legal, financialincluding expenses necessary to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange and related to compliance and reporting accountingobligations pursuant to the rules and auditing compliance),regulations of the SEC, as well as higher expenses for general and director and officer insurance, investor relations and other professional services.

Acquisition and Restructuring Costs

Acquisition and restructuring costs consist of professional fees for legal, accounting, consulting, administrative, and other professional services directly attributable to potential acquisitions. In addition, operational restructuring costs are included within this classification.

Related Party Acquisition and Management Fee Costs

Related party acquisition and management fee costs consist of fees paid to the Company’s historical private equity sponsor pursuant to a management services agreement for management services and consulting services directly attributable to potential acquisitions. Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, the management services agreement with our private equity sponsor was terminated.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest due diligence expenseson the indebtedness under our credit facilities. On November 18, 2021, the Company entered into a new credit facility with a syndicate of lenders and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders, letter of credit issuer and swing line lender (the "Credit Agreement"). The financing consists of a seven-year $600 million first-lien term loan, a five-year $125 million revolving credit facility, and a $100 million delayed draw term loan. As of December 31, 2021, $655.0 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement. Interest is based on LIBOR or the prime rate, plus the applicable margin rate.

36


Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2020

The table below presents Holley’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

692,847

 

 

$

504,179

 

 

$

188,668

 

 

 

37.4

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

406,040

 

 

 

295,935

 

 

 

110,105

 

 

 

37.2

%

Gross profit

 

 

286,807

 

 

 

208,244

 

 

 

78,563

 

 

 

37.7

%

Selling, general, and administrative

 

 

116,793

 

 

 

70,875

 

 

 

45,918

 

 

 

64.8

%

Research and development costs

 

 

28,280

 

 

 

23,483

 

 

 

4,797

 

 

 

20.4

%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

13,999

 

 

 

11,082

 

 

 

2,917

 

 

 

26.3

%

Acquisition and restructuring costs

 

 

23,668

 

 

 

9,743

 

 

 

13,925

 

 

 

142.9

%

Related party acquisition and management
   fee costs

 

 

25,789

 

 

 

6,089

 

 

 

19,700

 

 

 

323.5

%

Other operating expense

 

 

755

 

 

 

1,517

 

 

 

(762

)

 

 

(50.2

%)

Operating income

 

 

77,523

 

 

 

85,455

 

 

 

(7,932

)

 

 

(9.3

%)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

32,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,580

 

 

n/a

 

Change in fair value of earn-out liability

 

 

8,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,875

 

 

n/a

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

13,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,650

 

 

n/a

 

Interest expense

 

 

39,128

 

 

 

43,772

 

 

 

(4,644

)

 

 

(10.6

%)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(16,710

)

 

 

41,683

 

 

 

(58,393

)

 

n/a

 

Income tax expense

 

 

10,429

 

 

 

8,826

 

 

 

1,603

 

 

 

18.2

%

Net income (loss)

 

 

(27,139

)

 

 

32,857

 

 

 

(59,996

)

 

n/a

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

30

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

87.5

%

Pension liability loss

 

 

388

 

 

 

(293

)

 

 

681

 

 

n/a

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(26,721

)

 

$

32,580

 

 

$

(59,301

)

 

n/a

 

Net Sales

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $188.6 million, or 37.4%, to $692.8 million compared to $504.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Non-comparable sales associated with acquisitions contributed $116.4 million or 23.1% of year-over-year growth. The remainder of the increase was driven by a $37.3 million, or 25.1%, increase in electronic systems products sold and a $18.4 million, or 18.1%, increase in mechanical systems products sold.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for year ended December 31, 2021 increased $110.1 million, or 37.2%, to $406.0 million compared to $295.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cost of goods sold during the year ended December 31, 2021 was in line with a corresponding increase in product sales during such period.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $78.5 million, or 37.7%, to $286.8 million compared to $208.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in gross profit was driven by the increase in sales. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 41.4% compared to a gross margin of 41.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $45.9 million, or 64.8%, to $116.8 million compared to $70.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. When expressed as a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative costs increased to 16.9% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 14.1% of sales in 2020. Recent acquisitions accounted for $18.5 million of the increase in selling, general and administrative costs. The increase in costs was also driven by a $4.5 million increase in compensation expense related to equity awards, a $5.4 million increase in outbound shipping costs related to higher sales and domestic supply chain pressure, and a $5.9 million increase in professional fees, primarily due to the Business Combination and as a result of becoming a public company.

37


Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $4.8 million, or 20.4%, to $28.3 million compared to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in research and development costs was primarily due to headcount investments as we continue to pursue product innovation and new products.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $2.9 million, or 26.3%, to $14.0 million compared to $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 due to recent acquisitions.

Acquisition and Restructuring Costs

Acquisition and restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $14.0 million to $23.7 million, which includes $17.2 million in contingent consideration related to the Simpson acquisition, $4.8 million in professional fees associated with the eight acquisitions completed in 2021, and $1.4 million of restructuring costs related to recent acquisitions. Acquisition and restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $9.7 million, which includes $2.3 million in professional fees associated with the Simpson, Drake and Detroit Speed acquisitions completed in 2020 and $3.2 million in restructuring costs incurred with the move of the West Sacramento, CA operations to our Bowling Green, KY facilities.

Related Party Acquisition and Management Fees

Related party acquisition and management fees for the year ended December 31, 2021 were $25.8 million, of which $23.3 million represents a fee paid upon the Closing of the Business Combination. Related party acquisition and management fees for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $6.1 million, which includes $4.2 million in management fees paid to the Company’s former private equity sponsor and $1.9 million that was attributable to the Drake and Simpson acquisitions,

Operating Income

As a result of factors described above, operating income for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased $8.0 million, or 9.3%, to $77.5 million compared to $85.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

For the year ended December 31, 2021 we recognized a loss of $32.6 million from the change in fair value of the warrant liability. The warrant liability reflects the fair value of the warrants issued in connection with searching for, and completing, our initial business combination.the Business Combination.

Change in Fair Value of Earn-Out Liability

For the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2021 we hadrecognized a loss of $8.9 million from the change in fair value of the earn-out liability. The earn-out liability reflects the fair value of the earn-out shares resulting from the Business Combination.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

For the year ended December 31, 2021 we recognized a $13.6 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt. The extinguishment loss includes a write off of $12.2 million in unamortized debt issuance costs associated with our previous first lien and second lien notes due to the refinancing of our previous credit facility (refer to Note 6 - Debt for further discussion). Additionally, we wrote off $1.4 million of unamortized debt issuance costs when $100 million of the net proceeds from the Business Combination were used to reduce the outstanding principal balance of our second lien note.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased 4.7 million, or 10.6%, to $39.1 million compared to $43.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, due to a lower effective interest rate combine with the favorable impact of the $100 million paydown on our second lien note in July 2021.

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

As a result of factors described above, we recognized a loss of $(16.7) million before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to income before income taxes of $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

38


Income Tax Expense

We recognized income tax expense of $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. We recognized tax expense on a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2021 due to permanent differences resulting from the Business Combination, change in fair value of the warrant and earn-out liabilities, and the adjustment to the Simpson earnout during the period.

Net Income (Loss) and Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

As a result of factors described above, we recognized a net loss of $221,009,$(27.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Additionally, we recognized total comprehensive loss of $(26.7) million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to total comprehensive income of $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Comprehensive income (loss) includes the effect of foreign currency translation and pension liability adjustments.

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2019

The table below presents Holley’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

Change

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

504,179

 

 

$

368,663

 

 

$

135,516

 

 

 

36.8

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

295,935

 

 

 

219,884

 

 

 

76,051

 

 

 

34.6

%

Gross profit

 

 

208,244

 

 

 

148,779

 

 

 

59,465

 

 

 

40.0

%

Selling, general, and administrative

 

 

70,875

 

 

 

62,371

 

 

 

8,504

 

 

 

13.6

%

Research and development costs

 

 

23,483

 

 

 

20,630

 

 

 

2,853

 

 

 

13.8

%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

11,082

 

 

 

10,456

 

 

 

626

 

 

 

6.0

%

Acquisition and restructuring costs

 

 

9,743

 

 

 

4,942

 

 

 

4,801

 

 

 

97.1

%

Related party acquisition and management
   fee costs

 

 

6,089

 

 

 

3,662

 

 

 

2,427

 

 

 

66.3

%

Other income

 

 

1,517

 

 

 

644

 

 

 

873

 

 

n/a

 

Operating income

 

 

85,455

 

 

 

46,074

 

 

 

39,381

 

 

 

85.5

%

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of earn-out liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

43,772

 

 

 

50,386

 

 

 

(6,614

)

 

 

(13.1

%)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

41,683

 

 

 

(4,312

)

 

 

45,995

 

 

n/a

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

8,826

 

 

 

(4,873

)

 

 

13,699

 

 

n/a

 

Net income

 

 

32,857

 

 

 

561

 

 

 

32,296

 

 

n/a

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

n/a

 

Pension liability loss

 

 

(293

)

 

 

(123

)

 

 

(170

)

 

 

138.2

%

Total comprehensive income

 

$

32,580

 

 

$

438

 

 

$

32,142

 

 

n/a

 

Net Sales

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $135.5 million, or 36.8%, to $504.2 million compared to $368.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in net sales during 2020 was primarily due to a $33.5 million, or 64.3%, increase in EFI products sold, a $20.1 million, or 38.8%, increase in exhaust products sold and a $16.3 million, or 31.4%, increase in ignition products sold. These product lines increased as we continued to see growth in new product introductions.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $76.0 million, or 34.6%, to $295.9 million compared to $219.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cost of goods sold during the year ended December 31, 2020 was in line with a corresponding increase in product sales during such period.

39


Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $59.5 million, or 40.0%, to $208.3 million compared to $148.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in gross profit was driven by the increase in sales. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 41.3% compared to a gross margin of 40.4% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The higher gross margin was primarily due to increased fixed cost leverage from increased sales and integration activities.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $8.5 million, or 13.6%, to $70.9 million compared to $62.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. When expressed as a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative costs decreased to 14.1% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 16.9% of sales in 2019. The increase in costs was driven by a $3.6 million increase in shipping and handling costs related to higher sales and a $2.4 million increase in costs associated with the significant growth in our DTC business as we focused our efforts in growing this business.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $2.9 million, or 13.8%, to $23.5 million compared to $20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in research and development costs were primarily due to headcount investments of $2.3 million as we continue to pursue product innovation and new products.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $0.6 million, or 6.0%, to $11.1 million compared to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to the full-year amortization of the Range Technologies Inc. acquisition intangible assets.

Acquisition and Restructuring Costs

Acquisition and restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $4.8 million, or 97.1%, to $9.7 million compared to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to $2.3 million in professional fees associated with the Simpson, Drake and Detroit Speed acquisitions completed in 2020 and $3.2 million in restructuring costs incurred with the move of the West Sacramento, CA operations to Bowling Green, KY facilities.

Related Party Acquisition and Management Fees

Related party acquisition and management fees for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $2.4 million, or 66.3%, to $6.1 million compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in costs was due to one-time costs associated with acquisition, integration and restructuring activities. The acquisition costs were primarily attributable to the Drake and Simpson acquisitions.

Operating Income

As a result of factors described above, our operating income increased $39.4 million, or 85.5%, to $85.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $(6.6) million, or (13.1%), to $43.8 million compared to $50.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was due to lower outstanding debt for much of 2020 and lower interest rates.

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes

As a result of factors described above, we recognized income before income taxes of $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to a loss before income taxes of $(4.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax expense was $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to an income tax benefit of $(4.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in tax expense was due to an increase in income from the growth in sales. The effective tax rates were 21.2% and 113.0% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

40


Net Income and Total Comprehensive Income

As a result of factors described above, net income increased $32.4 million to $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Additionally, total comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $32.2 million to $32.6 million compared to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Comprehensive income includes the effect of foreign currency translation and pension liability adjustments.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Holley believes EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s financial performance. In addition, Holley uses these measures internally to establish forecasts, budgets and operational goals to manage and monitor its business. Holley believes that these non-GAAP financial measures help to depict a more realistic representation of the performance of the underlying business, enabling the Company to evaluate and plan more effectively for the future. Holley believes that investors should have access to the same set of tools that its management uses in analyzing operating results.

Holley defines EBITDA as earnings before (a) interest expense, (b) income taxes and (c) depreciation and amortization. Holley defines Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus (i) notable items that in 2021 consist primarily of the amortization of the fair market value increase in inventory and in 2020 consist primarily of the amortization of the fair market value increase in inventory and a legal settlement, (ii) compensation expense related to equity awards (iii) acquisition and restructuring costs, which consisted of formation and operating costs of $273,915, offset by interest earned on marketable securities heldfor 2021 includes a $17.2 million adjustment due to a change in the trust accountfair value of $49,118 and an unrealized gain on marketable securities heldthe Simpson acquisition contingent consideration payable, (iv) changes in the trust accountfair value of $3,788.the warrant liability, (v) changes in the fair value of the earn-out liability, (vi) losses from the early extinguishment of debt, (vii) related party acquisition and management fee costs, and (viii) other expenses, which includes losses from disposal of fixed assets and foreign currency transactions. We have included within the definition of Adjusted EBITDA the changes in the fair value of the warrant liability, changes in the fair value of the earn-out liability and losses from the early extinguishment of debt, as management believes such matters, when they occur, do not directly reflect the performance of the underlying business.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. These measures should not be considered as measures of financial performance under GAAP, and the items excluded from or included in these metrics are significant components in understanding and assessing Holley’s financial performance. These metrics should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. The following unaudited table presents the reconciliation of net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(27,139

)

 

$

32,857

 

 

$

561

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

11,527

 

 

 

7,886

 

 

 

8,827

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

13,999

 

 

 

11,082

 

 

 

10,456

 

Interest expense

 

 

39,128

 

 

 

43,772

 

 

 

50,386

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

10,429

 

 

 

8,826

 

 

 

(4,873

)

EBITDA

 

 

47,944

 

 

 

104,423

 

 

 

65,357

 

Notable items

 

 

11,270

 

 

 

3,891

 

 

 

6,742

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

4,963

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

437

 

Acquisition and restructuring costs

 

 

23,668

 

 

 

9,743

 

 

 

4,942

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

32,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of earn-out liability

 

 

8,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

13,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related party acquisition and management fees

 

 

25,789

 

 

 

6,089

 

 

 

3,662

 

Other expense

 

 

755

 

 

 

1,517

 

 

 

644

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

169,494

 

 

$

126,150

 

 

$

81,784

 

41


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Holley’s primary cash needs are to support working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and debt repayments. The Company has generally financed its historical needs with operating cash flows, capital contributions and borrowings under its credit facilities. These sources of liquidity may be impacted by various factors, including demand for Holley’s products, investments made in acquired businesses, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures, and expenditures on general infrastructure and information technology.

On October 9, 2020, we consummatedAs of December 31, 2021, the Initial Public OfferingCompany had cash of 25,000,000 units, at$36.3 million and availability of $98.8 million under its revolving credit facility. The Company has a pricesenior secured revolving credit facility with $125 million in borrowing capacity. As of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceedsDecember 31, 2021, $25 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. The Company also had $1.2 million of $250,000,000. After deducting underwriting feesoutstanding letters of $5,000,000, we received net proceedscredit as of $245,000,000. SimultaneouslyDecember 31, 2021.

The Company is obligated under various operating leases for facilities, equipment and automobiles with estimated lease payments of approximately $8.5 million in fiscal year 2022. See Note 14, "Lease Commitments" in the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of 4,666,667 private placement warrantsNotes to the sponsorConsolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the Company’s lease obligations.

Holley's capital expenditures are primarily related to ongoing maintenance and improvements, including investments related to upgrading and maintaining our information technology systems, tooling for new products, vehicles for product development, and machinery and equipment for operations. We expect capital expenditures in the range of $14 million to $16 million in fiscal year 2022.

See Note 6, "Debt" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K for further detail of our credit facility and the timing of principal maturities. As of December 31, 2021, based on the then current weighted average interest rate of 4.5%, expected interest payments associated with outstanding debt totaled approximately $30 million for fiscal year 2022.

The Company believes that its cash on hand, cash from operations and borrowings available under its revolving credit facility will be sufficient to satisfy its liquidity needs and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Cash Flows

The following table provides a pricesummary of $1.50 per private placement warrant generating gross proceeds of $7,000,000. We incurred $465,163 of other offering costs, resulting in netcash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the periods presented:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

21,583

 

 

$

88,413

 

 

$

9,418

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

(134,089

)

 

 

(165,618

)

 

 

(14,479

)

Cash provided by financing activities

 

 

77,157

 

 

 

140,544

 

 

 

2,433

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(35,349

)

 

$

63,339

 

 

$

(2,628

)

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2020

Operating Activities. Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $21.6 million compared to cash provided by financingoperating activities of $251,554,837$88.4 million for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020. Deferred underwriting costsCash provided by accounts receivable, accrued liabilities, and accounts payable increased by $11.8 million, $9.2 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. Offsetting these increases were decreases in cash provided by inventory, and prepaids and other current assets, of $8,750,000 were also incurred$67.1 million and $15.3 million, respectively. The changes in connection withaccounts receivable, accounts payable, and inventory reflect the Initial Public Offering, but are not payable until consummationgrowth in the business in 2021.

Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $134.1 million, primarily relating to acquisitions of our initial business combination.

$119.2 million and capital expenditures of $15.2 million. For the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020, cash used in investing activities was $250,000,000. Following$165.6 million, primarily relating to acquisitions of $156.8 million and capital expenditures of $9.4 million.

42


Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities for the Initial Public Offering,year ended December 31, 2021 was $77.2 million, which included $630.0 million from proceeds of long-term debt, $132.3 million in cash received due to the recapitalization, and $25.0 million in net borrowings under the salerevolving credit agreement, largely offset by $687.5 million in principal payments on long-term debt, $13.4 million in deferred financing fees, and $9.2 million in payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions. Cash provided by financing activities for the private placement warrants, we invested $250,000,000 in the trust account.

For the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020 cash usedwas $140.5 million, comprised of $170.0 million from proceeds of long-term debt, partially offset by net payments of $20.5 million under the revolving credit agreement, principal payments on long-term debt of $4.1 million, and $4.7 million in operating activities was $474,208. Net loss of $221,009 was impacted by formation expenses paid by the sponsor of $5,000, interest earned on marketable securities held in the trust account of $49,118 and an unrealized gain on marketable securities of $3,788. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $205,293 of cash from operating activities.deferred financing fees.

At December 31, 2020, we had cash and marketable securities held in the trust account of $250,052,906. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account, which interest shall be net of taxes payable and excluding deferred underwriting commissions, to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest from the trust account to pay taxes, if any. To the extent that our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used asWorking Capital. Holley’s working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

Asas of December 31, 2020, we had cash of $1,080,629 held outside of the trust account. We intend2021 was $199.9 million, compared to use the funds held outside the trust account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, structure, negotiate and complete our initial business combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with our initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants, at a price of $1.50 per warrant, at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.


We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business for at least the next 12 months. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such initial business combination.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements$176.0 million as of December 31, 2020. We do not participateFor the year ended December 31, 2021, inventories increased by $51.1 million, prepaid and other current assets increased by $13.9 million, while acquisition contingent consideration payable decreased by $9.2 million. Offsetting these items were a decrease in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been establishedHolley's cash balance of $35.3 million and an increase in accounts payable of $11.1 million.

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2019

Operating Activities. Cash provided by operating activities for the purposeyear ended December 31, 2020 was $88.4 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet$9.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to a net increase in non-cash items of $19.6 million, an increase in net income of $32.3 million and cash provided by inventory of $25.0 million. Cash provided by increases in accrued liabilities and accounts payable increased by $0.9 million and $8.2 million, respectively. Offsetting these increases were a decrease in cash provided by accounts receivable of $13.5 million. The changes in accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable reflect the growth in the business in 2020.

Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $165.6 million, primarily relating to acquisitions of $156.8 million and capital expenditures of $9.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash used in investing activities was $14.5 million, primarily relating to capital expenditures of $7.4 million and acquisitions of $5.9 million.

Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitmentsactivities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $140.5 million, comprised of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any$170.0 million from proceeds of long-term debt, partially offset by net payments of $20.5 million under the revolving credit agreement, principal payments on long-term debt of $4.1 million, and $4.7 million in deferred financing fees. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2.4 million, primarily comprised of cash inflows of $6.5 million related to borrowings under the revolving credit agreement, offset by cash outflows of $3.8 million related to principal payments on long-term debt.

Working Capital. Holley’s working capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-termas of December 31, 2020 was $176.0 million, compared to $117.3 million as of December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Holley’s cash balance increased by $63.3 million, accounts receivable increased by $18.0 million and inventories increased by $11.9 million. Offsetting these items were increases in accounts payable of $14.1 million, accrued liabilities other than as described below.of $9.0 million and acquisition contingent consideration payable of $9.2 million.

The underwriter is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per unit, or $8,750,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that we complete our initial business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

We entered into a forward purchase agreement to which Empower Funding LLC (“Empower Funding”), has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with MidOcean, and is an affiliate of the sponsor, will purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination, subject to approval at such time by the MidOcean investment committee. The allocation of the forward purchase securities among the ultimate MidOcean funds that will be funding the forward purchase will be determined by MidOcean, in its sole discretion, at the time of our initial business combination. If the sale of the forward purchase units fails to close, for any reason, the Company may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. The forward purchase shares and forward purchase warrants will be identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that they will be subject to certain registration rights.

Critical Accounting PoliciesEstimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires managementus to make estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales, expenses and liabilities, disclosurerelated disclosures. We evaluate our estimates, judgements and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates. We believe that the assumptions, judgements and estimates associated with the following have the greatest potential impact on, and are critical to the understanding of, contingentour results of operations: inventory reserve and the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in the Business Combination and acquisitions. For further information see Note 1, “Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Inventory Reserve

The Company’s inventories are stated at the datelower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made, if required, for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired balances. See Part IV, Item 15 in this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the Company's inventory valuation reserve.

We regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and on order and record write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based on our estimate of the financial statements,demand for our products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and incomewhen

43


pricing trends or forecast indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds our estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and expenses during the periods reported.economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual results could materiallydemand may differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies:

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Redemption

We account for our Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrumentforecasted demand and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.


Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, which are not currently redeemable and are not redeemable at fair value, have been excluded from the calculation of basic net loss per ordinary share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the trust account earnings. Our net loss is adjusted for the portion of income that is attributable to ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, as these shares only participate in the earnings of the trust account and not our income or losses.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, wouldmay have a material effect on our financial statements.gross margin. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods.

Fair Value of Acquired Assets and Liabilities

Assigning fair market values to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of an acquisition requires knowledge of current market values and the values of assets in use, and often requires the application of significant judgment regarding estimates and assumptions. The same applies to assigning fair market values to the liabilities assumed in the Business Combination at the date of the transaction and at each reporting date thereafter. While the ultimate responsibility resides with management, for certain acquisitions the Company retains the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets, tangible long-lived assets, and liabilities assumed in the Business Combination. Acquired intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are valued using various methodologies including discounted cash flows, relief from royalty, and multiperiod excess earnings depending on the type of intangible asset purchased. These methodologies incorporate various estimates and assumptions, such as projected revenue growth rates, profit margins and forecasted cash flows based on discount rates and terminal growth rates. The Company uses a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of its private warrants and earn-out liability assumed in the Business Combination, which requires certain subjective inputs and assumptions, including expected common stock price volatility, expected term, and risk-free interest rates. These estimates and assumptions could vary significantly, which could result in material differences in the fair values assigned to the assets and liabilities. See Note 2, "Business Combination and Acquisitions" and Note 8, "Fair Value Measurements" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of Holley’s new or recently adopted accounting pronouncements, see Note 1, “Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Aboutabout Market Risk. Risk

Following the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, including amountsInterest Rate Risk. Holley is exposed to market risk in the trust account,normal course of business due to the Company’s ongoing investing and financing activities. The risk of loss can be assessed from the perspective of adverse changes in fair values, cash flows and future earnings. Holley has established policies and procedures governing the Company’s management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage exposure to such risks. The Company generally does not hedge its interest rate exposure. The Company had $658.8 million of debt outstanding as of December 31, 2021. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would result in an approximately $6.6 million change to Holley’s annual interest expense.

Credit and other Risks. Holley is exposed to credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. As of December 31, 2021, the majority the Company’s cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash balances in non-interest bearing checking accounts which exceed the insurance coverage provided on such deposits. Substantially all trade receivable balances of the business are unsecured. The credit risk with respect to trade receivables is concentrated by the number of significant customers that the Company has in its customer base and a prolonged economic downturn could increase exposure to credit risk on the Company’s trade receivables. To manage exposure to such risks, Holley performs ongoing credit evaluations of the Company’s customers and maintains an allowance for potential credit losses.

Exchange Rate Sensitivity. As of December 31, 2021, the Company is exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. While historically this exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates has not had a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, foreign currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on business and results of operations in the future. Historically, Holley’s primary exposure has been related to transactions denominated in the Euros and Canadian dollars. The majority of the Company’s sales, both domestically and internationally, are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Historically, the majority of the Company’s expenses have also been in U.S. Dollars and we have been investedsomewhat insulated from currency fluctuations. However, Holley may be exposed to greater exchange rate sensitivity in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 185 days or less orthe future. Currently, the Company does not hedge foreign currency exposure; however, the Company may consider strategies to mitigate foreign currency exposure in certain money market funds that invest solely in US treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.future if deemed necessary.

44


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.Data

This information appears followingThe consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes listed in Part IV, Item 1615(a)(1) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are included immediately following Part IV hereof and is included hereinincorporated by reference.reference herein.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.None

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a)
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

DisclosureWe maintain disclosure controls and procedures, are controlsas defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and other procedures15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15Our management under the Exchange Act, oursupervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2020.2021. Based uponon their evaluation ourthe Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d-15 (e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.2021.

(b)
Management’s Annual Report on Internal ControlsControl Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of its assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that its receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of its management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on its financial statements.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regardingDue to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or an attestation reportdetect misstatements. Management's projections of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rulesany evaluation of the SEC for newly public companies.effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management, under the oversight of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 and in making this assessment used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, the Company’s management, under the oversight of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.

(c)
Changes in Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The Company identified a material weakness in internal controls related to the accounting for complex financial instruments at Empower Ltd. on their Form 10-K, as amended, which existed prior to the Business Combination. Subsequent to the Business Combination on July 16, 2021, and upon filing the 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 26, 2021, the internal controls over financial reporting of Holley Inc. took the place of the internal controls over financial reporting of Empower Ltd. As a result, the internal control structure of Empower Ltd. is no longer in operation, and, instead, the relevant internal control structure after completion of the Business Combination is that of Holley Inc.

45


Item 9B. Other Information

None.None


PART III

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

46


Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

Our directors and offices are as follows:

NameAgeTitle
Matthew Rubel62Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Graham Clempson59President and Director
Andrew Spring52Chief Financial Officer
Krishnan (Kandy) Anand63Director
Gina Bianchini48Director
Jeffrey Jones59Director
Beth Kaplan62Director

Matthew Rubel. Mr. Rubel has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman of Board since August 2020. Mr. Rubel has served as the Chairman of MidOcean’s Executive Board since joining the firm in 2018, where he leads the Executive Board’s efforts to provide industry insights to MidOcean’s investment teams and portfolio companies.

Mr. Rubel is a renowned retail and brand Chief Executive Officer, having led many successful global brands and businesses. Most recently, Mr. Rubel served as Chief Executive Officer, President, and Board Member of Varsity Brands, a leader in sport, spirit and achievement products, which he strategically focused and integrated. Previously, Mr. Rubel served as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Collective Brands, Inc., which included Payless ShoeSource, Sperry Topsider, Saucony, Stride Rite and Keds. Prior to Collective Brands, Mr. Rubel was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Cole Haan LLC, from 1999 to 2005. Prior to Cole Haan, he served in senior management roles at J. Crew Group, Revlon and Murjani International Ltd.

Mr. Rubel has been a director of numerous multinational retail and consumer branded companies. He currently serves as Executive Chairman of MidOcean’s portfolio company KidKraft, and also on the Boards of TreeHouse Foods, The Joint Chiropractic and MidOcean’s portfolio company Image Skincare. He previously was an Independent Director at Hudson’s Bay Company (“HBC”), where he served on the Special Committee for HBC’s going private transaction. Mr. Rubel also served as an Independent Director of HSNi, the holding company of HSN and Cornerstone Brands. In addition, Mr. Rubel served as an Independent Director at SUPERVALU, ELF Cosmetics and Furniture Brands and as an advisor to early stage technology and retail companies, including Celect, Inc., Retail Next, First Insight and AfterPay.

Mr. Rubel has also worked closely as a Senior Advisor with TPG Capital, TPG Growth and Roark Capital. He was a presidential appointee to the White House Advisory Committee for Trade Policy Negotiation from 2010 to 2018. Mr. Rubel holds a Bachelor of Science from Ohio University and an MBA from the University of Miami.

Graham Clempson. Mr. Clempson has served as our President and a Director on our Board since August 2020. He is Vice Chairman of MidOcean, which he co-founded in 2003, and serves on MidOcean’s Executive Board with a focus on the firm’s Investment Strategy, Portfolio Management and Business Development functions based in New York. Prior to his current position, Mr. Clempson was MidOcean’s European Managing Partner, based in London, from the firm’s inception until 2012.

In addition to his role at MidOcean, Mr. Clempson serves as Managing Partner at Quartic Capital LLP, which he founded in 2012. Quartic Capital LLP invests in and manages complex portfolios of secondary private equity assets, in partnership with Coller Capital, a leading global secondary private equity investment firm.


Prior to co-founding MidOcean, Mr. Clempson held various leadership positionsinformation required by Item 10 will appear in the European finance and private equity sectors, including CEOCompany’s Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Morgan Grenfell Private Equity, European Managing Partner of Deutsche Bank Capital Partners, and Co-Head of European Investment Banking at Deutsche Bank, with particular responsibility for the bank’s Financial Sponsor Coverage, Leveraged Finance and High Yield departments. Mr. Clempson began his career at Bankers Trust Company in 1983.

Mr. Clempson currently serves on the board of directors of Display Data Plc, Bandier Holdings LLC, Allied Film Makers Ltd and Thorough Events Holdings Ltd, as well as a member of the Board of Governors of the Parsons School of Design in New York. Mr. Clempson’s previous board roles have included Piaggio & C. SpA, Laurel Pub Co Ltd and United Biscuits Plc. Mr. Clempson received his M.A. in Law from Oxford University.

Andrew Spring. Mr. Spring has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2020. Mr. Spring is currently a Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer of MidOcean, having joined the firm at its inception, over 17 years ago. Mr. Spring is a Certified Public AccountantStockholders and is admitted to the New York Bar. He currently is a member of the Board of Directors of Literacy Inc. He also serves as a Director for MidOcean Absolute Return Credit Master Fund, Ltd., MidOcean Absolute Return Credit Offshore Fund Ltd., MidOcean Credit Opportunity Offshore Fund Ltd. and MidOcean Select Floating Rate Fund Offshore Ltd. Prior to MidOcean, Mr. Spring served as a Director at Deutsche Bank Capital Partners. Mr. Spring’s additional experience includes working as Counsel at Citigroup Investments, Inc., Associate Counsel at World Color Press, Inc., an associate at White & Case LLP and as a senior auditor at Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Spring holds a Bachelor of Science degree from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, as well as his J.D. from Cornell Law School.incorporated herein by reference.

Krishnan (Kandy) Anand. Mr. Anand has served as a Director on our Board since October 2020. Mr. Anand brings more than 30 years of senior leadership and boardroom experience within the consumer sector, including his time as Chief Growth Officer at Molson Coors Beverage Company (formerly Molson Coors Brewing Company) from 2016 to 2019. Prior to that, he served as the CEO of their International business for nearly seven years. Before joining Molson Coors, Mr. Anand held multiple leadership roles within Unilever as well as The Coca-Cola Company, including President of their Philippines business. Mr. Anand currently serves on the Board of Directors of Folium Bio Sciences and Wingstop Inc., where he sits on the Audit and Compensation Committees. He previously served on the Board of Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen Limited, where he served as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, as well as a member of the Nominating and Governance Committees. Mr. Anand also sat on the company’s Board Transaction Committee during its sale to Restaurant Brands International. Mr. Anand holds a B. Tech degree in Mechanical Engineering from IIT Delhi and an MBA from IIM Ahmedabad.

Gina Bianchini. Ms. Bianchini has served as a Director on our Board since October 2020. Ms. Bianchini brings in-depth knowledge and experience in building and operating companies in the digital media and technology sector. She currently serves as the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Mighty Networks, a SaaS platform that helps businesses sell digital memberships, experiences, relationships, and expertise to their members via community, content, online courses, and subscription commerce. Before Mighty Networks, Ms. Bianchini co-founded Ning, a pioneering global platform for creating niche social networks. Under her leadership, Ning grew to approximately 100 million people in 300,000 active social networks across subcultures, professional networks, entertainment, politics, and education, before being acquired in 2010. In addition to Mighty Networks, Ms. Bianchini serves as a member of the Board of Directors for TEGNA, a broadcast and digital media company. She previously served as a member of the Board of Directors for Scripps Networks Interactive Inc., from 2012 until they were acquired in 2018 by Discovery Communications. Ms. Bianchini holds a B.A. degree in Political Science from Stanford University and an MBA from Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Jeffrey Jones. Mr. Jones has served as a Director on our Board since October 2020. Mr. Jones brings extensive corporate leadership and boardroom experience, including his most recent management role serving as Chief Financial Officer of Vail Resorts, Inc., where he also served as President of Lodging, Retail and Real Estate and held a seat on the Board of Directors. During his time at Vail Resorts, Inc., from 2003 until his retirement in 2012, Mr. Jones held overall responsibility for the finance, accounting, treasury, investor relations and strategic development functions as well as operations oversight of the lodging, retail, and real estate segments of the business. He remains actively involved in the corporate community, currently serving as a Director on the Boards of Summit Hotel Properties, Noodles & Company, Hershey Entertainment & Resorts and ClubCorp. Mr. Jones is also a Director of the Advisory Board of U.S. Bank and a Director of the Leeds School of Business, University of Colorado Boulder. Mr. Jones holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Mercyhurst College.


Beth Kaplan. Ms. Kaplan has served as a Director on our Board since October 2020. Ms. Kaplan brings extensive experience in operating, advising and investing in the consumer sector, including her former role as President and Chief Operating Officer at Rent the Runway, where she continues to serve as a member of the Board of Directors. Ms. Kaplan is also currently the managing member of Axcel Partners, LLC, investing in consumer-facing early stage and growth companies. Prior to her time at Rent the Runway, she served as President, Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer, and Director at General Nutrition Centers Inc. (“GNC”), during which she played an integral role in the company’s 2011 IPO. Before joining GNC, Ms. Kaplan held numerous leadership positions within Bath & Body Works, Rite Aid Drugstores and Procter & Gamble. In addition to her current role on the Board of Rent the Runway, Ms. Kaplan also serves on the Boards of the Meredith Corporation, Howard Hughes Corporation and Crocs, as well as a director and advisor of Care/of and Leesa Sleep. She also does advisory work for numerous growth stage companies. Ms. Kaplan holds a Bachelor of Science degree and an MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Number and Terms of Office of Officer and Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being appointed in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term. In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Mr. Anand and Ms. Bianchini, will expire at our first annual general meeting. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Mr. Jones and Ms. Kaplan, will expire at our second annual general meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Mr. Rubel and Mr. Clempson, will expire at our third annual general meeting.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of our founder shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into with our sponsor, our sponsor, upon and following consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as our sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE require that the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Each committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE. Each committee charter is available on our website at www.empowermidocean.com.


Audit Committee

Jeffrey Jones, Krishnan (Kandy) Anand and Gina Bianchini serve as members of our audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all the directors on the audit committee must be independent. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Jones, Mr. Anand and Ms. Bianchini are independent under the NYSE listing standards and SEC rules applicable to audit committee members. Mr. Jones serves as the chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Jones qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee is responsible for:

meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

monitoring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

establishing, supervising and reviewing policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement and oversight of the work of any independent registered public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;

monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of this offering and, if any noncompliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise causing compliance with the terms of this offering; and

reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Beth Kaplan, Krishnan (Kandy) Anand and Gina Bianchini serve as members of the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all the directors on this committee must be independent. Our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Kaplan, Mr. Anand and Ms. Bianchini are independent under the NYSE listing standards and SEC rules applicable to compensation committee members. Ms. Kaplan serves as chair of the committee.

The compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is also responsible for overseeing our compensation policies and determinations, as further described below. We have adopted a committee charter, which details the principal functions of the committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser.

However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Ethics is posted on our website located at www.empowermidocean.com. If we make any amendments to our Code of Ethics other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions requiring disclosure under applicable SEC or NYSE rules, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the Company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the Company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the Company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Certain of our Founders, officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary and contractual duties to other entities. As a result, if any of our Founders, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, then, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, he or she will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these other entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. However, we do not expect these duties to materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we renounce our interest in any business combination opportunity offered to any Founder, director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.


Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties, contractual obligations or other material management relationships:

IndividualEntityType of BusinessAffiliation
Matthew RubelMidOcean Partners(1)Private EquityChairman of Executive Board
KidKraftManufacturingExecutive Chairman
TreeHouse FoodsFood ProcessingDirector
The Joint ChiropracticChiropractic CareDirector
Image SkincareSkincareDirector
TOMS ShoesFootwearDirector
Graham ClempsonMidOcean Partners(1)Private EquityVice Chairman and Co-founder
Bandier Holdings LLCSportswearDirector
Display Data PLCInformation ServicesDirector
Thorough Events Holdings LtdEvents ServicesDirector
Allied Film Makers LtdProductionDirector
Andrew SpringMidOcean Partners(1)Private EquityManaging Director and Chief Financial Officer
Krishnan (Kandy) AnandFolium Bio SciencesWholesalerDirector
Wingstop Inc.RestaurantsDirector
Gina BianchiniMighty NetworksSoftwareChief Executive Officer
TEGNABroadcastingDirector
Jeffrey JonesNoodles & CompanyRestaurantsChairman of the Board
Hershey Entertainment & ResortsEntertainmentLead Independent Director
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.REITLead Independent Director
ClubCorpGolf and Membership ClubsDirector
Beth KaplanAxcel Partners, LLCPrivate EquityManaging Member
Meredith CorporationMediaDirector
Howard Hughes CorporationReal EstateDirector
CrocsConsumer Shoe BrandDirector
Rent the RunwayApparel Rental ServicesDirector and Advisor
Care/ofHealth TechnologyDirector and Advisor
Leesa SleepMattress RetailerDirector and Advisor

(1)Includes MidOcean Partners and certain of its funds, affiliates, and other related entities, including certain portfolio companies in which the funds and other related entities invest.


Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

Our sponsor subscribed for founder shares prior to the date of our Initial Public Offering and purchased private placement warrants at the time of the Initial Public Offering.

We entered into a forward purchase agreement with Empower Funding, which is an affiliate of our sponsor, at the time of the Initial Public Offering.

Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or during any extension period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. Additionally, our sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to its founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Except as described herein, our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earliest of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for at least 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Except as described herein, the private placement warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. Because each of our executive officers and director nominees will own ordinary shares or warrants directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors is included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination. In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates.


We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, Founders, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor or any of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Furthermore, in no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers, or their respective affiliates, be paid by us any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. We currently expect our sponsor to provide us with office space, administrative and support services at no cost, but we may incur costs for office space and administrative and support services in the future.

We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at a general meeting. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote their founder shares and public shares in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We have entered into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.


Item 11. Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or their respective affiliatesThe information required by Item 11 will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the Company to our sponsor or officers, or their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known,appear in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amountCompany’s Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of such fees that may be paidStockholders and is incorporated herein by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.reference.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares as of March 1, 2021 by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our executive officers and directors; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons namedrequired by Item 12 will appear in the table have sole votingCompany’s Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially ownedis incorporated herein by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.reference.

  Class B Ordinary Shares (2)  Class A Ordinary Shares 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) 

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

  

Approximate Percentage of Class

  

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

  

Approximate Percentage of Class

  Approximate Percentage of Voting Control 
                     
Sculptor Capital LP (3)        2,287,075   9.1%  7.3%
Glazer Capital, LLC (4)        2,253,641   9.0%  7.2%
Periscope Capital Inc. (5)        1,449,100   5.8%  4.6%
Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC  6,250,000(6)  100.0%        20.0%
Matthew Rubel  (7)            
Graham Clempson  (7)            
Andrew Spring  (7)            
Krishnan (Kandy) Anand  (7)            
Gina Bianchini  (7)            
Jeffrey Jones  (7)            
Beth Kaplan  (7)            
All officers and directors as a group (7 individuals)  (7)               

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is 245 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10167.

(2)Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof Excludes Class A ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, as such shares will only be issued, if at all, at the time of our initial business combination.

(3)Based on the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 5, 2021 by Sculptor Capital LP. According to its Schedule 13G/A, Sculptor Capital reported having sole voting power over no shares, shared voting power over 2,287,075 Class A ordinary shares, sole dispositive power over no shares and shared dispositive power over 2,287,075 Class A ordinary shares. The Schedule 13G/A contained information as of December 31, 2020. The address of Sculptor Capital is 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.

(4)Based on the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021 by Glazer Capital, LLC. According to its Schedule 13G/A, Glazer Capital reported having sole voting power over no shares, shared voting power over 2,253,641 Class A ordinary shares, sole dispositive power over no shares and shared dispositive power over 2,253,641 Class A ordinary shares. The Schedule 13G/A contained information as of December 31, 2020. The address of Glazer Capital is 250 West 55th Street, Suite 30A, New York, New York 10019.

(5)Based on the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021 by Periscope Capital Inc. According to its Schedule 13G, Periscope Capital reported having sole voting power over no shares, shared voting power over 1,449,100 Class A ordinary shares, sole dispositive power over no shares and shared dispositive power over 1,449,100 Class A ordinary shares. The Schedule 13G contained information as of December 31, 2020. The address of Periscope Capital is 333 Bay Street, Suite 1240, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5H 2R2.

(6)Our sponsor, Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC, is the record holder of the shares reported. The managing member of our sponsor is MidOcean Associates V, L.P. (“Associates”). The general partner of Associates is Ultramar Capital, Ltd. (“Ultramar”), which is controlled by James Edward Virtue (“Virtue”). Accordingly, each of Associates, Ultramar and Virtue may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by our sponsor. Each of Associates, Ultramar and Virtue disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(7)Does not include any shares indirectly owned by this individual as a result of the individual’s membership interest in our sponsor. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.


Our sponsor beneficially owns 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares and has the right to appoint all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares do not have the right to appoint any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial business combination. Because of this ownership block, our sponsor may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions including our initial business combination.

Our sponsor has agreed (a) to vote any founder shares and public shares held by it in favor of any proposed business combination and (b) not to redeem any founder shares or public shares held by it in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination.

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Empower Funding has agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination, subject to approval at such time by the MidOcean investment committee.

The forward purchase agreement also provides that the forward purchase investors are entitled to registration rights with respect to (A) the forward purchase shares, (B) the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the forward purchase warrants and (C) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investors, including any acquisitions after we complete our initial business combination.

Our sponsor, Empower Funding and our officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants

The founder shares and private placement warrants and any Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in the agreement entered into by our sponsor and management team. Our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earliest of (a) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (b) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. The private placement warrants and the respective Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants are not transferable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. The foregoing restrictions are not applicable to transfers (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor, or any affiliates of our sponsor, including to funds affiliated with MidOcean, and to limited partners of funds affiliated with MidOcean; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of one of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the founder shares, private placement warrants or Class A ordinary shares, as applicable, were originally purchased; (f) by virtue of our sponsor’s organizational documents upon liquidation or dissolution of our sponsor; (g) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination; (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination; or (i) in the event of our completion of a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (e) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreement.


Equity Compensation Plans

As of December 31, 2020, we had no compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities were authorized for issuance.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Founder Shares

On August 21, 2020, our sponsor purchased 7,187,500 founder shares for an aggregate price of $25,000. Our sponsor agreed to forfeit up to 937,500 founder shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in fullThe information required by the underwriters. The forfeiture was to be adjusted to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters so that the founder shares would represent 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after our Initial Public Offering. The underwriters declined to exercised their 45-day over-allotment option in connection with our Initial Public Offering; thus, the 937,500 founder shares were forfeited by our sponsor.

Our sponsor and our officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we sold 4,666,667 private placement warrants to our sponsor at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds of $7 million. Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the net proceeds from the private placement was added to the proceeds from our Initial Public Offering heldItem 13 will appear in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination by October 9,Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2022 the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The private placement warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Our sponsor and our officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell anyAnnual Meeting of their private placement warrants until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us working capital loans. If we complete a business combination, we would repay the working capital loans out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, the working capital loans can be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that a business combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the trust account to repay the working capital loans but no proceeds held in the trust account would be used to repay the working capital loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such working capital loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The working capital loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. To date, we had no borrowings under the working capital loans.


Reimbursement

Our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

Registration and Shareholder Rights

The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants, upon the exercise of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and upon conversion of the founder shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement signed on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lockup period, which occurs (i) in the case of the founder shares, as described in the following paragraph, and (ii) in the case of the private placement warrants and the respective Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants, 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, we will agree that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of (A) the forward purchase investors’ forward purchase shares, (B) the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the forward purchase investors’ forward purchase warrants and (C) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investors, including any acquisitions after we complete our initial business combination, (ii) cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days after the closing of the initial business combination and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and to ensure the registration statement does not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which a forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreement. We will bear the cost of registering these securities.

Except as described herein, our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell their founder shares until the earliest of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our sponsor with respect to any founder shares. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this Annual Report as the lock-up.

In addition, pursuant to the registration and shareholder rights agreement, our sponsor, upon and following consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as our sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement, in addition to other rights as detailed in the registration and shareholder rights agreement.


Forward Purchase Agreement

The Company entered into a forward purchase agreement to which Empower Funding, a newly formed Delaware limited liability company which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with MidOcean,Stockholders and is an affiliate of our sponsor, will purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of an initial business combination, subject to approval at such timeincorporated herein by the MidOcean investment committee. The allocation of the forward purchase securities among the ultimate MidOcean funds that will be funding the forward purchase will be determined by MidOcean, in its sole discretion, at the time of an initial business combination. If the sale of the forward purchase units fails to close, for any reason, the Company may lack sufficient funds to consummate an initial business combination. The forward purchase shares and forward purchase warrants will be identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that they will be subject to certain registration rights.reference.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

The audit committee of our board of directors has adopted a charter, providing for the review, approval and/or ratification of “related party transactions,” which are those transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC, by the audit committee. At its meetings, the audit committee shall be provided with the details of each new, existing, or proposed related party transaction, including the terms of the transaction, any contractual restrictions that the Company has already committed to, the business purpose of the transaction, and the benefits of the transaction to the Company and to the relevant related party. Any member of the committee who has an interest in the related party transaction under review by the committee shall abstain from voting on the approval of the related party transaction, but may, if so requested by the chairman of the committee, participate in some or all of the committee’s discussions of the related party transaction. Upon completion of its review of the related party transaction, the committee may determine to permit or to prohibit the related party transaction.

Director Independence

The rules of the NYSE require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person that, in the opinion of the Company’s board of directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the Company). Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Anand, Ms. Bianchini, Mr. Jones and Ms. Kaplan are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards. Our independent directors meet in executive session at which only independent directors are present as part of regularly scheduled meetings.

Item 14. Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services

The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to Marcum LLP, or Marcum, for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Marcum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Marcum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and other required filings with the SEC for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 totaled $39,140. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related services consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. We did not pay Marcum for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. 

Tax Fees. We did not pay Marcum for tax planning and tax advice for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. 

All Other Fees. We did not pay Marcum for other services for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has andItem 14 will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services describedappear in the Exchange Act which are approvedCompany’s Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).reference.

47


Part IV


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(1)Financial Statements:

Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Balance SheetF-3
Statement of OperationsF-4
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ EquityF-5
Statement of Cash FlowsF-6
Notes to Financial StatementsF-7

(2)Financial Statement Schedules:

None. 

(3)Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the below Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.10-K:

3.1(1)Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.
4.1(1)Warrant Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as warrant agent.
4.2(2)Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate.
4.3(2)Specimen Warrant Certificate.
4.4(2)Specimen Unit Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Form S-1 (File No. 333-248899), filed with the SEC on September 18, 2020).
4.5*Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act
10.1(1)Investment Management Trust Account Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee.
10.2(1)Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, between the Company and Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC.
10.3(1)Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, between the Company and Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC.
10.4(1)Letter Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, among the Company, Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC and each of the officers and directors of the Company.
10.5(1)Forward Purchase Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, between the Company and Empower Funding LLC.


10.6(2)Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2020, between the Company and Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC
10.7*Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between the Company and Matthew Rubel.
10.8*Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between the Company and Andrew Spring.
10.9*Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between the Company and Beth Kaplan.
10.10*Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between the Company and Gina Bianchini.
10.11*Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between the Company and Graham Clempson.
10.12*Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between the Company and Jeffrey Jones.
10.13*Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between the Company and Krishnan Anand.
31.1*Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1**Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2**Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

(1)
Financial Statements:

The financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

(1)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 13, 2020.
(2)
Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is included below. The rest of the schedules required by this item have been omitted as they are either not required, not applicable or the information required is presented in the financial statements and notes thereto under "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this report.

(2)Incorporated by reference to an exhibit to the Registrant’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-248899), filed with the SEC on September 18, 2020.

Holley Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charged

 

 

 

 

 

Charged

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

(Credited)

 

 

Reserves

 

 

Against

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Beginning of

 

 

to Costs and

 

 

from

 

 

Allowances

 

 

End of

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Expenses

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

(1) (2)

 

 

Period

 

Accounts receivable reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt reserve

 

$

334

 

 

$

103

 

 

$

 

 

$

229

 

 

$

208

 

Cash discount reserve

 

 

406

 

 

 

3,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,915

 

 

 

242

 

Year ended December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt reserve

 

 

208

 

 

 

1,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

992

 

 

 

813

 

Cash discount reserve

 

 

242

 

 

 

5,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,105

 

 

 

426

 

Year ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt reserve

 

 

813

 

 

 

809

 

 

 

 

 

 

666

 

 

 

956

 

Cash discount reserve

 

 

426

 

 

 

6,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,169

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory valuation reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired and obsolete reserve

 

 

16,177

 

 

 

2,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

18,870

 

Year ended December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired and obsolete reserve

 

 

18,870

 

 

 

2,293

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

(409

)

 

 

22,052

 

Year ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired and obsolete reserve

 

 

22,052

 

 

 

3,806

 

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

804

 

 

 

26,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Write-off of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries.

 

(2) Write-off of obsolete inventory, net of inventory adjustments.

 

(3)
Exhibits:

See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

*Filed herewith.

**Furnished herewith.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.None


SIGNATURES

48


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.HOLLEY INC.

EMPOWER LTD.
Date: March 5, 2021By:/s/ Matthew Rubel
Matthew Rubel
Executive Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Matthew RubelExecutive Chairman and Chief Executive OfficerMarch 5, 2021
Matthew Rubel

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Graham ClempsonPresident and DirectorMarch 5, 2021
Graham Clempson
/s/ Andrew SpringChief Financial OfficerMarch 5, 2021
Andrew Spring

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Krishnan (Kandy) AnandDirectorMarch 5, 2021
Krishnan (Kandy) Anand
/s/ Gina BianchiniDirectorMarch 5, 2021
Gina Bianchini
/s/ Jeffrey JonesDirectorMarch 5, 2021
Jeffrey Jones
Director
Beth Kaplan

EMPOWER LTD.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(PCAOB ID Number 248)

F-2

50

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets

51

Balance SheetConsolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

F-3

52

Statement of Operations

F-4
StatementConsolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’Stockholders’ Equity

F-5

53

StatementConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-6

54

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7 to F-16

55


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and 49


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors of
Empower Ltd.and Stockholders

Holley Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statementsfinancial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Empower Ltd.Holley Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations,comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020,2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020,2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinionopinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit,audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.opinion

/s/ MarcumGRANT THORNTON LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.2020

Houston, TXCincinnati, Ohio

March 5, 202115, 2022

50



EMPOWER LTD.

HOLLEY INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2020(in thousands, except share data)

ASSETS   
Current Assets    
Cash $1,080,629 
Prepaid expenses  379,166 
Total Current Assets  1,459,795 
     
Cash and marketable securities held in trust account  250,052,096 
Total Assets $251,512,701 
     
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities - accrued expenses $173,873 
Deferred underwriting fee payable  8,750,000 
Total Liabilities  8,923,873 
     
Commitments    
     
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 23,753,855 shares at redemption value  237,588,818 
     
Shareholders’ Equity    
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding   
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 1,246,145 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 23,753,855 shares subject to possible redemption)  125 
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,250,000 shares issued and outstanding  625 
Additional paid-in capital  5,220,269 
Accumulated deficit  (221,009)
Total Shareholders’ Equity  5,000,010 
     
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $251,512,701 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

36,325

 

 

$

71,674

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of
   $
1,387 and $1,240, respectively

 

 

51,390

 

 

 

47,341

 

Inventory

 

 

185,040

 

 

 

133,928

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

18,962

 

 

 

5,037

 

Total current assets

 

 

291,717

 

 

 

257,980

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

51,495

 

 

 

43,729

 

Goodwill

 

 

411,383

 

 

 

359,099

 

Other intangibles assets, net

 

 

438,461

 

 

 

404,522

 

Total assets

 

$

1,193,056

 

 

$

1,065,330

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

45,708

 

 

$

34,601

 

Accrued interest

 

 

3,359

 

 

 

6,588

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

34,853

 

 

 

26,092

 

Acquisition contingent consideration payable

 

 

0

 

 

 

9,200

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

7,875

 

 

 

5,528

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

91,795

 

 

 

82,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

637,673

 

 

 

649,458

 

Long-term debt due to related party

 

 

0

 

 

 

20,000

 

Warrant liability

 

 

61,293

 

 

 

 

Earn-out liability

 

 

26,596

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

70,045

 

 

 

71,336

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

 

1,167

 

 

 

2,146

 

Total liabilities

 

 

888,569

 

 

 

824,949

 

Commitments and contingencies (Refer to Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 0ne issued and
   outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized, 115,807,337 and
   
67,673,884 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,
   respectively

 

 

12

 

 

 

7

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

329,705

 

 

 

238,883

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(256

)

 

 

(674

)

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

(24,974

)

 

 

2,165

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

304,487

 

 

 

240,381

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

1,193,056

 

 

$

1,065,330

 

TheSee accompanying notes are an integral part of the to consolidatedfinancial statements.

51



EMPOWER LTD.

STATEMENTHOLLEY INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSCOMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM AUGUST 19, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020(in thousands)

Formation and operating costs $273,915 
Loss from operations  (273,915)
     
Other income:    
Interest earned on marketable securities held in trust account  49,118 
Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in trust account  3,788 
Other income  52,906 
     
Net loss $(221,009)
     
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)  7,011,052 
     
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share (2) $(0.04)

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Net sales

 

$

692,847

 

 

$

504,179

 

 

$

368,663

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

406,040

 

 

 

295,935

 

 

 

219,884

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

286,807

 

 

 

208,244

 

 

 

148,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general, and administrative

 

 

116,793

 

 

 

70,875

 

 

 

62,371

 

Research and development costs

 

 

28,280

 

 

 

23,483

 

 

 

20,630

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

13,999

 

 

 

11,082

 

 

 

10,456

 

Acquisition and restructuring costs

 

 

23,668

 

 

 

9,743

 

 

 

4,942

 

Related party acquisition and management fee costs

 

 

25,789

 

 

 

6,089

 

 

 

3,662

 

Other operating expense

 

 

755

 

 

 

1,517

 

 

 

644

 

Total operating expense

 

 

209,284

 

 

 

122,789

 

 

 

102,705

 

Operating income

 

 

77,523

 

 

 

85,455

 

 

 

46,074

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

32,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of earn-out liability

 

 

8,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

13,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

39,128

 

 

 

43,772

 

 

 

50,386

 

Total non-operating expense

 

 

94,233

 

 

 

43,772

 

 

 

50,386

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(16,710

)

 

 

41,683

 

 

 

(4,312

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

10,429

 

 

 

8,826

 

 

 

(4,873

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(27,139

)

 

$

32,857

 

 

$

561

 

Comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

30

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Pension liability gain (loss)

 

 

388

 

 

 

(293

)

 

 

(123

)

Total comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(26,721

)

 

$

32,580

 

 

$

438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of outstanding common stock,
   basic and diluted

 

 

89,959,993

 

 

 

67,673,884

 

 

 

67,673,884

 

Basic net (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.30

)

 

$

0.49

 

 

$

0.01

 

Diluted net (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.30

)

 

$

0.49

 

 

$

0.01

 

(1)Excludes an aggregate of 23,753,855 shares subject to possible redemption.
(2)Net loss per ordinary share – basic and diluted excludes income attributable to ordinary shares subject to possible redemption of $50,271 for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 (see Note 2).

TheSee accompanying notes are an integral part of the to consolidatedfinancial statements.

52



EMPOWER LTD.

STATEMENTHOLLEY INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM AUGUST 19, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020(in thousands, except share data)

  

Class A

Ordinary Shares

  

Class B

Ordinary Shares

  

Additional

Paid-in

  Retained  

Total

Shareholders’

 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Earnings  Equity 
Balance – August 19, 2020 (inception)    $     $  $  $  $ 
                             
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to sponsor(1)        7,187,500   719   24,281      25,000 
                             
Sale of 25,000,000 units, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs  25,000,000   2,500         235,782,337      235,784,837 
                             
Sale of 4,666,667 private placement warrants              7,000,000      7,000,000 
                             
Forfeiture of founder shares        (937,500)  (94)  94       
                             
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption  (23,753,855)  (2,375)        (237,586,443)     (237,588,818)
                             
Net loss                 (221,009)  (221,009)
                             
Balance – December 31, 2020  1,246,145  $125   6,250,000  $625  $5,220,269  $(221,009) $5,000,010 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional
Paid-In Capital

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

 

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

100

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

236,333

 

 

$

(274

)

 

$

(31,253

)

 

$

204,806

 

Retroactive application of
   recapitalization

 

 

67,673,784

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted balance at
   December 31, 2018

 

 

67,673,884

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

236,326

 

 

 

(274

)

 

 

(31,253

)

 

 

204,806

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

561

 

 

 

561

 

Equity compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

437

 

Pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(123

)

 

 

 

 

 

(123

)

Capital distributions, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(267

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(267

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

67,673,884

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

236,496

 

 

$

(397

)

 

$

(30,692

)

 

$

205,414

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,857

 

 

 

32,857

 

Equity compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

487

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(293

)

 

 

 

 

 

(293

)

Capital contributions, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

67,673,884

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

238,883

 

 

$

(674

)

 

$

2,165

 

 

$

240,381

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,139

)

 

 

(27,139

)

Equity compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,963

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Pension liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

388

 

 

 

 

 

 

388

 

Recapitalization transaction, net

 

 

48,133,453

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

85,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,864

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

115,807,337

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

329,705

 

 

$

(256

)

 

$

(24,974

)

 

$

304,487

 

TheSee accompanying notes are an integral partto consolidatedfinancial statements.

53


HOLLEY INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(27,139

)

 

$

32,857

 

 

$

561

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash from operating
   activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

11,527

 

 

 

7,886

 

 

 

8,827

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

13,999

 

 

 

11,082

 

 

 

10,456

 

Amortization of deferred loan costs

 

 

3,182

 

 

 

3,092

 

 

 

3,097

 

Increase in warrant liability

 

 

32,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in earn-out liability

 

 

8,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation

 

 

4,963

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

437

 

Change in deferred taxes

 

 

(66

)

 

 

6,750

 

 

 

(11,489

)

Loss on early extinguishment of long-term debt

 

 

13,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(82

)

 

 

943

 

 

 

833

 

Inventory reserves

 

 

4,228

 

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

2,873

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

147

 

 

 

1,597

 

 

 

103

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

464

 

 

 

(11,349

)

 

 

2,110

 

Inventories

 

 

(45,073

)

 

 

22,006

 

 

 

(7,058

)

Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

(13,408

)

 

 

1,884

 

 

 

(378

)

Accounts payable

 

 

8,727

 

 

 

8,399

 

 

 

181

 

Accrued interest

 

 

(3,229

)

 

 

737

 

 

 

(2,489

)

Accrued and other liabilities

 

 

8,238

 

 

 

(961

)

 

 

1,354

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

21,583

 

 

 

88,413

 

 

 

9,418

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(15,233

)

 

 

(9,433

)

 

 

(7,421

)

Proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets

 

 

364

 

 

 

698

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisitions, net

 

 

(119,220

)

 

 

(156,833

)

 

 

(5,937

)

Trademark acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(1,121

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(134,089

)

 

 

(165,618

)

 

 

(14,479

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change under revolving credit agreement

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

(20,500

)

 

 

6,500

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

630,000

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

0

 

Principal payments on long-term debt

 

 

(687,529

)

 

 

(4,146

)

 

 

(3,800

)

Proceeds from Business Combination and PIPE financing,
   net of issuance costs paid

 

 

132,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred financing fees

 

 

(13,413

)

 

 

(4,710

)

 

 

 

Payment of acquisition contingent consideration

 

 

(9,200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

Capital distributions

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(417

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

77,157

 

 

 

140,544

 

 

 

2,433

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(35,349

)

 

 

63,339

 

 

 

(2,628

)

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

 

71,674

 

 

 

8,335

 

 

 

10,963

 

End of period

 

$

36,325

 

 

$

71,674

 

 

$

8,335

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

38,067

 

 

$

39,945

 

 

$

49,778

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

10,648

 

 

$

3,239

 

 

$

4,434

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumption of warrant liability

 

$

28,713

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Assumption of earn-out liability

 

$

17,722

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Units exchanged in Detroit Speed transaction

 

$

 

 

$

2,000

 

 

$

 

See accompanying notes to consolidatedfinancial statements.

54


HOLLEY INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share data)

1. Description of the financial statements.Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


EMPOWER LTD.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM AUGUST 19, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(221,009)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
Payment of formation costs through issuance of Class B ordinary shares  5,000 
Interest earned on marketable securities held in trust account  (49,118)
Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in trust account  (3,788)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Prepaid expenses  (379,166)
Accrued expenses  178,873 
Net cash used in operating activities  (474,208)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:    
Investment of cash in trust account  (250,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (250,000,000)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid  245,000,000 
Proceeds from sale of private placement warrants  7,000,000 
Proceeds from promissory note – related party  150,295 
Repayment of promissory note – related party  (150,295)
Payment of offering costs  (445,163)
Net cash provided by financing activities  251,554,837 
     
Net Change in Cash  1,080,629 
Cash – Beginning   
Cash – Ending $1,080,629 
     
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:    
Offering costs paid by sponsor in exchange for the issuance of Class B ordinary shares  20,000 
Initial classification of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption $237,804,830 
Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption $(216,012)
Deferred underwriting fee payable $8,750,000 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Empower Ltd.Holley Inc., a Delaware corporation headquartered in Bowling Green, Kentucky (the “Company” or “Holley”) is, conducts operations through its wholly-owned subsidiaries. These operating subsidiaries are comprised of Holley Performance Products Inc. (“Holley Performance”), Hot Rod Brands, Inc. (“Hot Rod Brands”), Simpson Safety Solutions, Inc., B&M Racing and Performance Products, Inc., and Speedshop.com, Inc. Investment funds managed by Sentinel Capital Partners hold a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on August 19, 2020. The Company was formed forcontrolling interest in Holley.

On July 16, 2021, (the “Closing” and such date, the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “initial business combination”“Closing Date”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of completing an initial business combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from August 19, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of an initial business combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering became effective on October 6, 2020. On October 9, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offeringbusiness combination (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of 25,000,000 unitsMerger dated March 11, 2021 (the “units”“Merger Agreement”), by and with respectamong Empower Ltd., (“Empower”), Empower Merger Sub I Inc. (“Merger Sub I”), Empower Merger Sub II LLC (“Merger Sub II”), and Holley Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (“Holley Intermediate”). On the Closing Date, Empower changed its name to Holley Inc. See Note 2, “Business Combination and Acquisitions,” for more information.

Holley Intermediate, the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold, the “public shares”), at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $250,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 4,666,667 warrants (the “private placement warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant in a private placementpredecessor to Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC (the “sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $7,000,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $14,215,163, consisting of $5,000,000 of underwriting fees, $8,750,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $465,163 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public OfferingHolley, was incorporated on October 9, 2020, an amount25, 2018 to effect the merger of $250,000,000 ($10.00 per unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the units in the Initial Public OfferingDriven Performance Brands, Inc. (“Driven”) and the salepurchase of the private placement warrants was placed in a trust account (the “trust account”High Performance Industries, Inc. (“HPI”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the trust account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward completing an initial business combination.. The Company must complete its initial business combination with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equaldesigns, manufactures and distributes performance automotive products to at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions held in the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into an initial business combination. The Company will only complete an initial business combination if the post-initial business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an initial business combination.

The Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of an initial business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the initial business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of an initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount held in the trust account (initially $10.00 per share), calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of an initial business combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a an initial business combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.


If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with an initial business combination, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving an initial business combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who vote at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing an initial business combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with an initial business combination, the sponsor has agreed to vote its founder shares (as defined in Note 5) and any public shares purchased in or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving an initial business combination and to waive its redemption rights with respect to any such shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an initial business combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed an initial business combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of an initial business combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the public shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by it in connection with the completion of an initial business combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the public shares if the Company does not complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in conjunction with any such amendment and (iii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to the founder shares if the Company fails to complete an initial business combination.

The Company will have until October 9, 2022 (the “Combination Period”) to complete an initial business combination. If the Company is unable to complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the founder shares if the Company fails to complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period. However, if the sponsor acquires public shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such public shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if the Company fails to complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the trust account in the event the Company does not complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of the public shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per unit ($10.00).


The sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or by a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally acceptedcustomers primarily in the United States, of America (“GAAP”)Canada and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

Europe. The Company is an “emerging growth company,”a leading manufacturer of a diversified line of performance automotive products, including carburetors, fuel pumps, fuel injection systems, nitrous oxide injection systems, superchargers, exhaust headers, mufflers, distributors, ignition components, engine tuners and automotive performance plumbing products that are produced through its two major subsidiaries, Holley Performance and Hot Rod Brands. The Company is also a leading manufacturer of exhaust products as definedwell as shifters, converters, transmission kits, transmissions, tuners and automotive software. The Company’s products are designed to enhance street, off-road, recreational and competitive vehicle performance through increased horsepower, torque and drivability. The Company has locations in North America, Canada, Italy and China.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Section 2(a)102(b)(1) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS(“JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparisonand, as such, has elected to take advantage of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted outbenefits of using the extended transition period difficultfor new or impossible becauserevised financial accounting standards.

Risks and Uncertainties

COVID-19 has adversely impacted global supply chain and general economic conditions. The Company has experienced disruptions and higher costs in manufacturing, supply chain, logistical operations, and shortages of certain Company products in distribution channels. The full extent of the potential differencesimpact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company's business and operational and financial performance and condition is currently uncertain and will depend on many factors outside the Company's control, including but not limited to the timing, extent, duration and effects of the virus and any of its mutations, the utilization and effectiveness of treatments and vaccines, the imposition of effective public safety and other protective measures, the further impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and demand for the Company's products and services. Should the COVID-19 pandemic, including variants such as Delta and Omicron, not improve or worsen, or if the Company's attempt to mitigate its impact on its supply chain, operations and costs is not successful, the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting standards used.principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP" or “GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

55


Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date ofin the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates require the reported amountsuse of revenuesjudgment as future events and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which managementthese events cannot be predicted with certainty. The estimates will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired and as more information is obtained. The Company evaluates and updates assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and may consult outside experts to assist as considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.necessary.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and deposits with financial institutions with original maturities less than 90 days. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures financial institution deposits up to $250. The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020.

Marketable Securities Heldmaintains deposits exceeding $250 in Trust Account

certain accounts at financial institutions. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, substantially allthe Company had cash in foreign bank accounts of $5,765 and $4,607, respectively.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers in the ordinary course of business. The receivables are stated at the amount management expects to collect. The Company is subject to risk of loss from uncollectible receivables in excess of its allowance. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses for estimated losses from customers’ inability to make required payments. In order to estimate the appropriate level of this allowance, the Company analyzes historical bad debts, customer concentrations, current customer credit worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment patterns. Accounts are written off when management determines the account is uncollectable. Interest is not charged on past due accounts.

Inventory Valuation

The Company's inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made, if required, for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired balances.

Segments

The Company's operations are managed and reported to its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), the Company’s chief operating decision maker, on a consolidated basis. The CEO assesses performance and allocates resources based on the consolidated results of operations. Under this organizational and reporting structure, the Company has 1 reportable segment.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets heldof businesses acquired. On an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the trust account were held in U.S. Treasury Bills.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subjectcarrying value of goodwill may have been impaired, the Company may perform a qualitative assessment to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established whendetermine if it is more likely than not that allthe fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the Company determines that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount or elects not to perform a portionqualitative assessment, it will perform a quantitative analysis; otherwise, no further evaluation is necessary. For the quantitative impairment assessment, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company determines the fair value of the reporting unit based on a weighting of income and market approaches. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company will recognize a loss equal to the excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Impairments, if any, are charged directly to earnings. In 2021, the Company performed a qualitative assessment and did not identify any indicators of impairment. NaN impairment charges have been incurred during 2021, 2020, or 2019.

56


Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill

Tradenames acquired in certain business combinations were determined to have indefinite useful lives and are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment on an annual basis and when facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying values of the assets may be impaired. If such review indicates an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.

As part of separate business acquisitions, the Company’s customer relationships, technology and certain tradenames were identified as definite-lived intangible assets. The customer relationship intangible assets are being amortized over a ten to twenty-five year life based on the attrition rate of customers. The technology intangible assets are being amortized over a five to fourteen year life based on the lifecycle of previous technology. The tradenames are being amortized over a fifteen to twenty year life based on the estimated life of the tradename.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment acquired in various acquisitions have been recorded at fair value. All other property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives for new property, plant and equipment additions are seven years to twenty-five years for buildings and improvements and three to ten years for machinery and equipment. Maintenance, repairs, and betterments which do not enhance the value of or increase the life of the assets are expensed as incurred.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 unamortized debt issuance costs were $13,264 and $16,684, respectively, and are included as a reduction of debt. In connection with the Company's refinancing of its existing credit facility in 2021, a loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $13,650 was recognized for the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. Additionally, the Company paid $13,413 in original issue discount and issuance costs related to the new credit facility. Amortization expense for debt issuance costs was $3,182, $3,092, and $3,097 in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Self-Insurance

The Company is self-insured for employee medical and prescription drug benefits up to certain stop loss coverage amounts. The Company accrues an estimate for unpaid claims, as well as incurred but not reported claims, based upon the Company’s claim experience and expectations of future claim activity. The resulting liability and expense are reflected as a component of accrued expenses, cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue with customers when control of the promised goods transfers to the customer. This generally occurs when the product is shipped to the customer. Revenue is recorded at the amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the delivered goods, which includes an estimate of variable consideration, expected returns, or refunds when applicable. The Company estimates variable consideration, such as sales incentives, by using the most likely amount approach, which considers the single most likely amount from a range of possible consideration amounts. Estimates of variable consideration result in an adjustment to the transaction price such that it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue would not occur in the future. Sales incentives and allowances are recognized as a reduction to revenue at the time of the related sale. Revenue is recorded net of sales tax. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales, while costs of shipping and handling are included in selling, general and administrative costs.

For more information about the Company’s revenue from contracts with customers, refer to Note 9 Revenue.

Customer Sales Incentives

Sales incentives provided take the form of either sales discounts or rebates and are treated as a reduction of net sales. The Company also maintains a cooperative advertising program with its customers and provides sales incentives to the extent of the estimated value of advertising provided by the customer on behalf of the Company. The costs incurred under the cooperative advertising program are included as a reduction of net sales.

57


Sales Returns

Estimated sales returns and allowances are recorded as a charge against gross sales in the period in which the related sales are recognized, net of returns to stock. The Company allows customers to return products when certain Company-established criteria are met. The Company estimates sales returns based primarily upon actual historical returns, planned product discontinuances, and promotional sales. Returned products, which are recorded as inventories, are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The physical condition and marketability of the returned products are the major factors considered in estimating realizable value.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertaintyand liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurementthe period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes income tax positions only if those positions are “more likely than not” of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to bebeing sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company recognizes interest on liabilities for uncertain tax positions in interest expense and would recognize penalties, if any, in operating expenses in its consolidated income statements. The Company has 0 amounts accrued for such interest or penalties as of December 31, 2021 and penalties related2020. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various foreign and state jurisdictions.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did 0t have any unrecognized tax benefits. The statute of limitations remains open for U.S. federal income tax examinations for years ended December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2020. U.S. state jurisdictions have statues of limitations generally ranging from three toeight years. The Company does 0t expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for long-lived assets, including intangible assets subject to amortization, in accordance with the provisions that require long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the sum of undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Advertising

Advertising production costs are expensed the first time the advertising takes place. Total advertising expenses were $6,299, $4,379, and $3,921 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Advertising costs are classified as a component of selling, general and administrative costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Research and Development Costs

Research, development, pre-production and start-up costs related to both present and future products are expensed as incurred. Such costs amount to $28,280, $23,483, and $20,630 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

58


Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive loss encompasses all changes in stockholder’s equity and includes net income, change in the foreign currency translation adjustment and minimum pension liability. The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive loss shown on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consists of minimum pension loss of $302 and $690, respectively, and foreign currency translation adjustments of $(46) and $(16), respectively.

Foreign Currencies

The functional currency of the Company’s Italian subsidiary is the Euro. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated using period end exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are translated using average exchange rates during each period reported. Translation gains are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a component of shareholders equity and were $30 and $16 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company recognizes foreign currency transaction gains (losses) on certain assets and liabilities. These transaction (gains) losses are reported in other expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and were $44, $(284), and $(27) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Earnings per Share

Earnings per share is computed by dividing net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. The dilutive effect of these potential common shares is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.

Warrants

The Company reviews the terms of warrants to purchase its common stock to determine whether warrants should be classified as liabilities or stockholders' equity in its consolidated balance sheet. In order for a warrant to be classified in stockholders' equity, the warrant must be (a) indexed to the Company's equity and (b) meet the conditions for equity classification in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Subtopic 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in an Entity's Own Equity. If a warrant does not meet the conditions for equity classification, it is carried in the consolidated balance sheet as a warrant liability measured at fair value, with subsequent changes in the fair value of the warrant recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as a non-operating expense. If a warrant meets both conditions for equity classification, the warrant is initially recorded in additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet, and the amount initially recorded is not subsequently re-measured at fair value.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for equity-based awards granted to employees and nonemployees under the fair value method prescribed by ASC Subtopic 718-10, Stock Compensation. Equity-based compensation cost is measured based on the estimated grant date fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period). The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

The fair value of stock options is estimated using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. Restricted stock units are valued at the stock price on the grant date. The fair value of profit interest units ("PIUs") granted by Holley Parent Holdings, LLC (the “Holley Stockholder” or “Parent”) is estimated based on the Company’s estimated equity value for each unit class at the time of granting using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, discounted to reflect market considerations for illiquidity.

Fair ValueMeasurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The inputs used to measure fair value are prioritized based on a three-level hierarchy, which are defined as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

59


Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. Derivative liabilities are classified on the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Recently Adopted

The FASB issued 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 will provide more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company early adopted the standard in 2020. There was no material impact of adopting this guidance on its financial statements.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) which requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets, representing their right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases with terms greater than 12 months. The Company has substantially completed its preparation for the adoption of this new accounting standard. This included assessing the completeness of our lease arrangements, evaluating practical expedients and accounting policy elections, and executing changes to our business process. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. The standard requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes a number of optional practical expedients that entities may elect to apply. The Company expects to elect certain practical expedients, including the package of practical expedients to not reassess prior conclusions related to contracts containing leases, lease classification and initial direct costs, and is evaluating the other practical expedients available under the guidance. The Company also plans to elect the optional transition method that will give companies the option to use the effective date as the date of initial application on transition, and as a result, we will not adjust our comparative period financial information or make the new required lease disclosures for periods before the effective date. The Company anticipates the adoption of this new standard will result in an increase of approximately 3 percent of total assets and approximately 4 percent of total liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. We do not expect the new standard to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated statement of income or consolidated statement of cash flows. While we are substantially complete with the process of quantifying the impacts that will result from applying the new guidance, our assessment will be finalized during the first quarter of 2022.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation – Retirements Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Subtopic 715-20). The ASU is effective for the Company for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021 with early adoption permitted. This guidance should be applied on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The ASU will update disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other post retirement plans. The Company is in the process of terminating its defined benefit pension plan and does not expect this guidance to have a significant impact on its financial statements or related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740) which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. This ASU is effective for the Company for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted. The ASU removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its financial statements.

60


In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848). The ASU provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. Adoption of the provisions of ASU 2020-04 are optional and are effective from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the Company did not adopt any expedients or exceptions under ASU 2020-04. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of ASU 2020-04 and whether it will apply the optional expedients and exceptions.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 470-20). The ASU is effective for the Company for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of the Company's annual fiscal year. The ASU includes amendments to the guidance on convertible instruments and the derivative scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity and simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments which include beneficial conversion features or cash conversion features by removing certain separation models in Subtopic 470-20. Additionally, the ASU requires entities to use the “if-converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share for convertible instruments. When adopted, the ASU will result in changes in the fair value of its public warrants being recognized through equity rather than through the statement of income. The Company plans to early adopt the standard as of January 1, 2022.

2. BUSINESS COMBINATION AND ACQUISITIONS

BUSINESS COMBINATION

On July 16, 2021, Holley consummated the Business Combination pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, whereby (i) Merger Sub I, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Empower, merged with and into Holley Intermediate, with Holley Intermediate surviving such merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holley (“Merger I”) and (ii) Merger Sub II, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Empower, merged with and into Holley Intermediate, with Merger Sub II surviving such merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holley (“Merger II”).

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the Closing, all outstanding shares of Holley Intermediate common stock as of immediately prior to the effective time of Merger I were cancelled and the Holley Stockholder, the sole stockholder of Holley Intermediate, received $264,718 in cash and 67,673,884 shares of common stock (at a deemed value of $10.00 per share). The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “HLLY.”

In connection with the Business Combination, a number of subscribers purchased from the Company an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of common stock (the “PIPE”), for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, or $240,000 in the aggregate. Per the Merger Agreement, $100,000 of the PIPE proceeds were used to partially pay off Holley’s debt.

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Forward Purchase Agreement (“A&R FPA”), at the Closing, 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and 1,666,667 warrants were issued to certain investors for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000. Pursuant to the A&R FPA, each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $11.50 per share (the ”Public Warrants”), subject to certain conditions.

The Company also assumed 8,333,310 Public Warrants and 4,666,667 private placement warrants (the “Private Warrants”, and together with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) upon the Business Combination, all of which were issued in connection with Empower’s initial public offering. Each Warrant represents the right to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to certain conditions. The Warrants are exercisable commencing on October 9, 2021 (the one-year anniversary of Empower’s initial public offering) and expire on July 16, 2026 (five years after the Closing Date). The Public Warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “HLLY WS.”

Additionally, Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC (the "Sponsor") may be entitled to receive up to 2,187,500 shares of the Company’s common stock vesting in two equal tranches upon achieving certain market share price milestones as outlined in the Merger Agreement during the earn-out period (“the “Earn-Out Shares”). The Earn-Out Shares will be forfeited if the applicable conditions are not satisfied before July 16, 2028 (seven years after the Closing Date). The earnout is classified as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet and is re-measured at fair value with changes in the post-Business Combination fair value recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) as non-operating expense.

61


The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This determination was primarily based on the Holley Stockholder having a relative majority of the voting power of the Company, the operations of Holley prior to the acquisition comprising the only ongoing operations of the Company, and senior management of Holley comprising the majority of the senior management of the Company. Under this method of accounting, Empower was treated as the acquired company for financial reporting. Accordingly, the Business Combination was accounted for as the equivalent of Holley issuing stock for the net assets of Empower, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Empower are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Reported amounts from operations included herein prior to the Business Combination are those of Holley Intermediate. The shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share, prior to the Business Combination, have been retroactively restated based on shares received by the Holley Stockholder.

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

Recapitalization

 

Cash - Empower's trust and cash (net of redemptions of $99,353 and
   transaction costs of $
44,314)

 

$

107,017

 

Cash - Forward Purchase Agreement

 

 

50,000

 

Cash - PIPE Financing

 

 

240,000

 

Net cash provided by Business Combination and PIPE Financing

 

 

397,017

 

Less: cash consideration paid to Holley Stockholder

 

 

(264,718

)

Net contributions from Business Combination and PIPE Financing

 

$

132,299

 

ACQUISITIONS

During the three years ended December 31, 2021, the Company completed 12 acquisitions. These acquisitions are expected to enhance the Company's portfolio of products and services in the automotive aftermarket and automotive safety solutions market.

The company accounts for acquisitions using the acquisition method, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated based upon the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is subject to revision. If additional information becomes available, the Company may further revise the purchase price allocation as soon as practical, but no later than one year from the acquisition date; however, material changes are not expected. Goodwill generated by the acquisitions is primarily attributable to the strong market position of the entities acquired.

Purchase price consideration for all acquisitions was paid primarily in cash. All acquisitions were for 100 percent of the acquired business and are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, net of acquired cash and cash equivalents. Acquisition-related costs, including advisory, legal, accounting, valuation and other costs, are typically expensed in the periods in which the costs are incurred and are recorded in acquisition and restructuring costs. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.

In 2021, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of Finspeed, LLC (“Finspeed”), Classic Instruments LLC (“Classic Instruments”), ADS Precision Machining, Inc., doing business as Arizona Desert Shocks (“ADS”), Rocket Performance Machine, Inc., doing business as Rocket Racing Wheels (“Rocket”), and Speartech Fuel Injections Systems, Inc. (“Speartech”). These five acquisitions were individually immaterial business combinations that are material in the aggregate. Cash paid for the five immaterial acquisitions, net of cash acquired, was $19,685, and was funded with borrowings from the Company's credit facility and cash on hand. The acquisitions resulted in both amortizable and non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill totaling $13,145. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of these acquisitions are deductible for income tax expense.purposes. Pro forma results of operations and the results of operations since the acquisition dates for these immaterial acquisitions have not been separately disclosed because the effects were not significant compared to the consolidated financial statements, individually or in the aggregate. The determination of the final purchase price allocation to specific assets acquired and liabilities assumed may change in future periods as the fair value estimates of inventory and intangibles are completed.

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

62


Cash

 

$

122

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

618

 

Inventory

 

 

3,975

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

2,274

 

Other assets

 

 

23

 

Tradenames

 

 

2,608

 

Customer relationships

 

 

2,450

 

Goodwill

 

 

8,087

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(343

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(129

)

 

 

$

19,685

 

The fair value of the acquired customer relationship intangible assets were estimated using the excess earnings approach. The customer relationship intangible assets are being amortized based on the attrition rate of customers which have an estimated weighted average life of 18 years. The fair value of the acquired tradenames intangible asset was estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradenames were determined to have an indefinite life.

The remaining seven acquisitions completed during the three years ended December 31, 2021 are described below.

Baer, Inc.

On December 23, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all the assets and liabilities of Baer, Inc., doing business as Baer Brakes ("Baer"). Consideration for the assets acquired was cash payments of $22,170. The acquisition resulted in both amortizable and non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill totaling $19,068. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of this acquisition are deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price was funded with borrowings from the Company's credit facility and cash on hand. The determination of the final purchase price allocation to specific assets acquired and liabilities assumed may change in future periods as the fair value estimates of inventory and intangibles are completed.

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

Accounts receivable

 

$

627

 

Inventory

 

 

1,813

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

695

 

Other assets

 

 

76

 

Tradenames

 

 

4,630

 

Customer relationships

 

 

6,075

 

Goodwill

 

 

8,363

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(81

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(28

)

 

 

$

22,170

 

The fair value of the acquired customer relationship intangible asset was estimated using the excess earnings approach. The customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized based on the attrition rate of customers which was determined to be 20 years. The fair value of the acquired tradenames intangible asset was estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradenames were determined to have an indefinite life.

The contractual value of the accounts receivable acquired was $800.

The Company incurred transaction costs in the amount of $222, which are reflected in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021.

63


Brothers Mail Order Industries, Inc.

On December 16, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all the assets and liabilities of Brothers Mail Order Industries, Inc., doing business as Brothers Trucks ("Brothers"). Consideration for the assets acquired was cash payments of $25,836. The acquisition resulted in non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill totaling $24,536. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of this acquisition are deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price was funded with borrowings from the Company's credit facility and cash on hand. The determination of the final purchase price allocation to specific assets acquired and liabilities assumed may change in future periods as the fair value estimates of inventory and intangibles are completed.

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

Accounts receivable

 

$

22

 

Inventory

 

 

1,682

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

20

 

Other assets

 

 

13

 

Tradenames

 

 

4,975

 

Goodwill

 

 

19,561

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(34

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(403

)

 

 

$

25,836

 

The fair value of the acquired tradenames intangible asset was estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradenames were determined to have an indefinite life.

The contractual value of the accounts receivable acquired was $22.

The Company incurred transaction costs in the amount of $191, which are reflected in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Advance Engine Management Inc.

On April 14, 2021, the Company acquired substantially all the assets and liabilities of Advance Engine Management Inc. doing business as AEM Performance Electronics (“AEM”). Consideration for the assets acquired was cash payments of $51,243. The acquisition resulted in both amortizable and non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill, totaling $44,486. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of this acquisition are deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price was funded from cash on hand.

The determination of the final purchase price allocation to specific assets acquired and liabilities assumed was adjusted to reflect the final fair value estimate of acquired assets and liabilities, as noted below. The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

 

 

April 14, 2021
(as initially reported)

 

 

Measurement
Period
Adjustments

 

 

April 14, 2021
(as adjusted)

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

3,454

 

 

$

(61

)

 

$

3,393

 

Inventory

 

 

3,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,892

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

1,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,342

 

Other assets

 

 

493

 

 

 

(91

)

 

 

402

 

Tradenames

 

 

10,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,760

 

Customer relationships

 

 

14,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,640

 

Patents

 

 

1,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,970

 

Technology intangibles

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

Goodwill

 

 

17,426

 

 

 

(420

)

 

 

17,006

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,032

)

 

 

110

 

 

 

(1,922

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(489

)

 

 

139

 

 

 

(350

)

 

 

$

51,566

 

 

$

(323

)

 

$

51,243

 

64


The fair value of the acquired customer relationship intangible asset was estimated using the excess earnings approach. The customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized based on the attrition rate of customers which was determined to be 20 years. The fair value of the acquired tradenames and patents intangible assets were estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradenames were determined to have an indefinite life. The patents are being amortized over 13 years based on the weighted average remaining life of the patent portfolio.

The contractual value of the accounts receivable acquired was $3,454.

The Company’s results for the year ended December 31, 2021 include $16,593 of net sales and $2,664 of net income from AEM since the date of acquisition. The Company incurred transaction costs in the amount of $2,264, which are reflected in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Drake Automotive Group LLC

On November 11, 2020, the Company acquired Drake Automotive Group LLC (“Drake”). The purchase price was $49,104. The Company acquired 100% of the outstanding member units of Drake. Consideration for the assets acquired consisted of cash payments of $47,104 plus an estimated earn-out payment of $2,000 based on expected 2020 performance. The earn-out payment of $2,000 was paid in March 2021. The acquisition resulted in both amortizable and non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill, totaling $32,441. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of this acquisition are deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price was funded from the proceeds of debt and cash on hand.

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

Cash

 

$

205

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

3,947

 

Inventory

 

 

14,198

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

1,296

 

Other assets

 

 

189

 

Tradenames

 

 

7,715

 

Customer relationships

 

 

17,175

 

Goodwill

 

 

7,551

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,524

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(648

)

 

 

$

49,104

 

The fair value of the acquired customer relationship intangible asset was estimated using the excess earnings approach. The customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized based on the attrition rate of customers which was determined to be 20 years. The fair value of the acquired tradenames intangible asset was estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradenames were determined to have an indefinite life.

The contractual value of the accounts receivable acquired was $4,155.

Simpson Performance Products, Inc.

On November 16, 2020, the Company acquired Simpson Performance Products, Inc. (“Simpson”). The purchase price was $117,409. The Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Simpson. Consideration for the assets acquired consisted of cash payments of $110,209 and an earnout initially valued at $7,200. The acquisition resulted in both amortizable and non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill, totaling $107,618. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of this acquisition are not deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price was funded from the proceeds of debt and cash on hand.

The purchase agreement included a potential contingent payment based on the performance for the twelve months ended October 3, 2021. The seller could earn up to an additional $25,000. The fair value of this contingent payment was initially determined to be $7,200 using the “Bull Call” option strategy utilizing the option values from the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model. Based on actual performance and updated projections of Simpson’s performance for the earn-out period, the fair value of the contingent payment was determined to be $24,373, resulting in an adjustment of $17,173, which is recognized in acquisition and restructuring costs in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2021.

65


The determination of the final purchase price allocation to specific assets acquired and liabilities assumed was adjusted to reflect the final fair value estimate of finished goods inventory, as noted below. The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

 

 

November 16, 2020
(as initially reported)

 

 

Measurement
Period
Adjustments

 

 

November 16, 2020
(as adjusted)

 

Cash

 

$

7,715

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

7,715

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

3,894

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

3,894

 

Inventory

 

 

19,265

 

 

 

(770

)

 

 

18,495

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

5,952

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

5,952

 

Other assets

 

 

1,613

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,613

 

Tradenames

 

 

23,980

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

23,980

 

Customer relationships

 

 

28,770

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

28,770

 

Patents

 

 

2,720

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,720

 

Goodwill

 

 

51,305

 

 

 

(893

)

 

 

50,412

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,483

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(2,483

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(7,787

)

 

 

361

 

 

 

(7,426

)

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(12,993

)

 

 

1,375

 

 

 

(11,618

)

Debt

 

 

(4,615

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(4,615

)

 

 

$

117,336

 

 

$

73

 

 

$

117,409

 

The fair value of the acquired customer relationship intangible asset was estimated using the excess earnings approach. The customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized based on the attrition rate of customers which was determined to be 20 years. The fair value of the acquired tradenames and patents intangible assets were estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradenames were determined to have an indefinite life. The patents are being amortized over 10 years based on the weighted average remaining life of the patent portfolio.

The contractual value of the accounts receivable acquired was $3,894.

Detroit Speed, Inc.

On December 18, 2020, the Company acquired Detroit Speed, Inc. (“Detroit Speed”). The purchase price was $11,297. The Company acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Detroit Speed. Consideration for the assets acquired includes cash payments of $9,297 and Class A Units of Parent of $2,000. The acquisition resulted in both amortizable and non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill, totaling $4,323. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of this acquisition are partially deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price was funded from cash on hand and distribution of Class A Units of Parent.

66


The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

 

 

November 16, 2020
(as initially reported)

 

 

Measurement
Period
Adjustments

 

 

November 16, 2020
(as adjusted)

 

Cash

 

$

1,784

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,784

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

418

 

 

 

 

 

 

418

 

Inventory

 

 

3,478

 

 

 

(324

)

 

 

3,154

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

3,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,040

 

Other assets

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

Tradenames

 

 

1,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,127

 

Customer relationships

 

 

560

 

 

 

 

 

 

560

 

Goodwill

 

 

2,636

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

2,795

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(668

)

 

 

 

 

 

(668

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(1,019

)

 

 

500

 

 

 

(519

)

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(274

)

 

 

 

 

 

(274

)

 

 

$

11,297

 

 

$

335

 

 

$

11,632

 

The fair value of the acquired customer relationship intangible asset was estimated using the excess earnings approach. The customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized based on the attrition rate of customers which was determined to be 10 years. The fair value of the acquired tradenames intangible asset was estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradenames were determined to have an indefinite life.

The contractual value of the accounts receivable acquired was $418.

Range Technologies Inc.

On October 18, 2019, the Company acquired Range Technologies Inc. (“Range”). The Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of Range. The purchase price was cash consideration of $7,239. The acquisition resulted in both amortizable and non-amortizable intangibles and goodwill, totaling $8,277. The goodwill and intangibles generated as a result of this acquisition are not deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price was cash funded.

The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of the fair value of the net assets as follows:

Cash

 

$

218

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

94

 

Inventory

 

 

231

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

7

 

Other assets

 

 

60

 

Tradename

 

 

510

 

Technology intangible

 

 

5,695

 

Goodwill

 

 

2,072

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(64

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(4

)

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(1,580

)

 

 

$

7,239

 

The fair value of the acquired technology intangible asset was estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The technology intangible asset is being amortized over the estimated lifecycle of the technology which was determined to be 14 years. The fair value of the acquired tradename intangible asset was estimated using the relief from royalty method, a form of the income approach. The tradename was determined to have an indefinite life.

The contractual value of the accounts receivable acquired was $94.

67


The following table provides the unaudited consolidated pro forma results for the periods presented as if Baer, Brothers, AEM, Drake, Simpson, and Detroit Speed had been acquired as of January 1, 2020.

 

For the years ended

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Pro forma net sales

$

727,369

 

 

$

631,560

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

(8,464

)

 

 

31,435

 

The following table presents the supplemental and unaudited pro forma results as if Range, Drake, Simpson and Detroit Speed had been acquired as of January 1, 2019:

 

For the years ended

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Pro forma net sales

$

584,270

 

 

$

461,418

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

37,304

 

 

 

(8,799

)

The pro forma results include the effects of the amortization of purchased intangible assets and acquired inventory step-up. The pro forma results are based upon unaudited financial information of the acquired entity and are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations or the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions taken place in the periods noted.

3. INVENTORY

Inventories of the Company consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Raw materials

 

$

54,818

 

 

$

44,474

 

Work-in-process

 

 

21,728

 

 

 

12,946

 

Finished goods

 

 

108,494

 

 

 

76,508

 

 

 

$

185,040

 

 

$

133,928

 

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment of the Company consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Land

 

$

1,330

 

 

$

1,330

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

10,623

 

 

 

8,594

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

56,824

 

 

 

44,690

 

Construction in process

 

 

12,859

 

 

 

8,088

 

Total property, plant and equipment

 

 

81,636

 

 

 

62,702

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

30,141

 

 

 

18,973

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

51,495

 

 

$

43,729

 

The Company’s long-lived assets by geographic locations are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

United States

 

$

49,547

 

 

$

42,264

 

International

 

 

1,948

 

 

 

1,465

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

51,495

 

 

$

43,729

 

68


5. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following presents changes to goodwill for the periods indicated:

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

297,607

 

Drake acquisition

 

 

7,551

 

Simpson acquisition

 

 

51,305

 

Detroit Speed acquisition

 

 

2,636

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

359,099

 

AEM acquisition

 

 

17,426

 

Classic Instruments acquisition

 

 

4,912

 

Speartech acquisition

 

 

2,705

 

ADS acquisition

 

 

1,260

 

Baer acquisition

 

 

8,363

 

Brothers acquisition

 

 

19,561

 

Rocket acquisition

 

 

2,141

 

Measurement period adjustments*

 

 

(4,084

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

411,383

 

* See Note 2, "Business Combination and Acquisitions - Simpson Performance Products, Inc. and Advance Engine Management Inc."

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in the Company's business combinations. The measurement period for the valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed ends as soon as information on the facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date becomes available, not to exceed 12 months. Adjustments in purchase price allocations may require a change in the amounts allocated to goodwill during the periods in which the adjustments are determined.

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying Value

 

Finite-lived intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships

 

$

268,438

 

 

$

(32,662

)

 

$

235,776

 

Tradenames

 

 

13,775

 

 

 

(4,119

)

 

 

9,656

 

Technology

 

 

26,675

 

 

 

(9,080

)

 

 

17,595

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

 

$

308,888

 

 

$

(45,861

)

 

$

263,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

$

175,434

 

 

 

 

 

$

175,434

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying Value

 

Finite-lived intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships

 

$

245,274

 

 

$

(21,819

)

 

$

223,455

 

Tradenames

 

 

13,775

 

 

 

(3,369

)

 

 

10,406

 

Technology

 

 

24,595

 

 

 

(6,674

)

 

 

17,921

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

 

$

283,644

 

 

$

(31,862

)

 

$

251,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

$

152,740

 

 

 

 

 

$

152,740

 

69


The following outlines the estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets held as of December 31, 2021:

2022

 

$

14,644

 

2023

 

 

14,481

 

2024

 

 

13,668

 

2025

 

 

13,638

 

2026

 

 

13,532

 

Thereafter

 

 

193,064

 

Total

 

$

263,027

 

6. DEBT

Debt of the Company consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

First lien term loan due November 17, 2028

 

$

630,000

 

 

$

 

Revolver

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

First lien note

 

 

 

 

 

541,969

 

Second lien note

 

 

 

 

 

145,000

 

Other

 

 

3,812

 

 

 

4,701

 

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(13,264

)

 

 

(16,684

)

 

 

 

645,548

 

 

 

674,986

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(7,875

)

 

 

(5,528

)

 

 

$

637,673

 

 

$

669,458

 

On November 18, 2021, the Company entered into a new credit facility with a syndicate of lenders and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders, letter of credit issuer and swing line lender (the "Credit Agreement"). The financing consists of a seven-year $600,000 first lien term loan, a five-year $125,000 revolving credit facility, and a $100,000 delayed draw term loan. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had drawn $30,000 under the delayed draw term loan.

The delayed draw term loan is available for six months and is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the consent of the lenders providing the delayed draw term loan. In addition, the credit facility includes a letter of credit facility in the amount of $10,000, pursuant to which letters of credit may be issued as long as revolving loans may be advanced and subject to availability under the revolving credit facility. The Company had $1,200 in outstanding letters of credit at December 31, 2021.

Proceeds from the new credit facility were used to repay in full the obligations outstanding under both the Company’s existing first lien and second lien notes and to pay $13,413 in original issue discount and issuance costs related to the refinancing. The proceeds of any delayed draw loans made after closing may be used by the Company to finance acquisitions.

The first lien term loan is to be repaid in quarterly payments of $1,500 from December 31, 2021 to September 30, 2028 with the balance due upon maturity on November 17, 2028. Beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2022, at the end of each fiscal year, the Company is required to make a payment based on its available free cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Any such payments offset future mandatory quarterly payments.

70


Amounts outstanding under the new credit facility will accrue interest at a rate equal to either LIBOR or base rate, at the Company's election, plus a specified margin. In the case of revolving credit loans and letter of credit fees, the specified margin is based on the Company's Total Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement. Commitment fees payable under the revolving credit facility are based on the Company's Total Leverage Ratio. At December 31, 2021, the weighted average interest rate on the Company's borrowings under the credit facility was 4.5%.

Obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Credit Agreement includes representations and warranties, and affirmative and negative covenants customary for financings of this type, including, but not limited to, limitations on restricted payments, additional borrowings, additional investments, and asset sales. It also requires that Holley maintain on the last day of each quarter, a Total Leverage Ratio not to exceed a maximum amount. At December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

Some of the lenders and their affiliates have various relationships with the Company in the ordinary course of business involving the provision of financial services, including cash management, commercial banking, investment banking or other services.

In 2021, as a result of prepayments of the Company’s existing first lien and second lien notes, losses of $13,650 were recognized on the early extinguishment of debt due to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.

The first lien note totaled $600,000, comprised of two parts: a revolving component with maximum borrowings of $50,000, and a $550,000 term loan. The proceeds of the new first lien term loan were used to repay the $537,820 outstanding principal balance of the existing first lien note, which resulted in a loss of $11,638 from the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The interest rate for the first lien note LIBOR rate loans was 5.2% at December 31, 2020. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties0 prime rate loans as of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not awarehad $1,200 in outstanding letters of any issuescredit under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

The Company is considered an exempted Cayman Islands Company and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the period presented.


Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Ordinary shares subject to possible redemptionfirst lien note at December 31, 2020, which are not currently redeemable and are not redeemable at fair value, have been excluded from the calculation of basic net loss per ordinary share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the trust account earnings. 2020.

The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and the private placement to purchase 13,000,000 ordinary shares in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants into ordinary shares is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As a result, diluted net loss per ordinary share is the same as basic net loss per ordinary share for the period presented.

Reconciliation of Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

The Company’s net loss is adjusted for the portion of income that is attributable to ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, as these shares only participate in the earnings of the trust account and not the income or losses of the Company. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per ordinary share is calculated as follows:

  For the Period from August 19, 2020 (Inception) Through
December 31,
2020
 
Net loss $(221,009)
Less: Income attributable to ordinary shares subject to possible redemption  (50,271)
     
Adjusted net loss $(271,280)
     
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted  7,011,052 
     
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share $(0.04)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subjectsecond lien note totaled $145,000. On July 16, 2021, the Company to concentrationsused a portion of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying financial statements, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.


NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 25,000,000 units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per unit. Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“public warrant”). Each whole public warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the sponsor purchased an aggregate of 4,666,667 private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000. Each private placement warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). The proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering heldBusiness Combination to repay $100,000 of the outstanding principal of the second lien note, which resulted in a loss of $1,425 from the trust account. If the Company does not complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period, thewrite-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The remaining $45,000 outstanding balance was repaid with proceeds from the salenew first lien term loan, which resulted in a loss of $587 from the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The interest rate for the second lien note LIBOR rate loan was 8.7% at December 31, 2020. Sentinel Capital Partners Junior Fund I, a related party, held $20,000 of the private placement warrants held insecond lien note at December 31, 2020.

Future maturities of long-term debt and amortization of debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

 

 

Debt

 

 

Debt Issuance Costs

 

2022

 

$

8,774

 

 

$

1,769

 

2023

 

 

7,207

 

 

 

1,817

 

2024

 

 

7,215

 

 

 

1,708

 

2025

 

 

7,391

 

 

 

1,912

 

2026

 

 

31,300

 

 

 

1,964

 

Thereafter

 

 

596,925

 

 

 

4,094

 

 

 

$

658,812

 

 

$

13,264

 

71


7. COMMON STOCK WARRANTS

Upon the trust account will be usedClosing, there were 14,666,644 Warrants, consisting of 9,999,977 Public Warrants and 4,666,667 Private Warrants, outstanding to fund the redemptionpurchase shares of the public shares (subjectCompany's common stock that were issued by Empower prior to the requirements of applicable law) andBusiness Combination. Each warrant entitles the private placement warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

During the period ended August 21, 2020, the sponsor paid $25,000registered holder to cover certain offering and formation costspurchase 1 share of the Company in consideration for 7,187,500 shares of Class B ordinary shares (the “founder shares”). The founder shares include an aggregate of up to 937,500 shares subject to forfeiture by the sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised in full or in part, so that the number of founder shares will collectively represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. On November 23, 2020, the underwriters’ election to exercise their over-allotment option expired unexercised, resulting in the forfeiture of 937,500 shares. Accordingly, as of November 23, 2020, there are 6,250,000 founder shares issued and outstanding.

The sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of an initial business combination; and (B) subsequent to an initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a an initial business combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Promissory Note — Related Party

On August 21, 2020, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note to the sponsor (the “Promissory Note”), pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 or (i) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Note of $150,295 was repaid at the closing of the Initial Public Offering on October 9, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination, the sponsor or an affiliate of the sponsor or certain of the Company’s directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes an initial business combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the trust account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that an initial business combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the trust account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the trust account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of an initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-initial business combination entityCompany's common stock at a price of $1.50$11.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identicalshare, subject to the private placement warrants.


NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS

Registration and Shareholders Rights

Pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement entered intoadjustments, commencing on October 9, 2020, the holders2021 (the one-year anniversary of the founder shares, private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the founder shares) will be entitled to registration rights. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands,Empower’s initial public offering), provided that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to completion ofhas an initial business combination. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lockup period. The registration and shareholders rights agreement does not contain liquidating damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, the Company agreed that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the an initial business combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of (A) the forward purchase investors’ forward purchase shares, (B) the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the forward purchase investors’ forward purchase warrants and (C) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investors, including any acquisitions after the Company completes an initial business combination, (ii) cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days after the closing of an initial business combination and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and to ensure the registration statement does not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which a forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreement. The Company will bear the cost of registering these securities.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 3,750,000 additional units to cover over-allotments at the Initial Public Offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On November 23, 2020, the underwriters’ election to exercise their over-allotment option expired unexercised.

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per unit, or $8,750,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that the Company completes an initial business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Forward Purchase Agreement

The Company entered into a forward purchase agreement to which Empower Funding LLC (“Empower Funding”), a newly formed Delaware limited liability company which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with MidOcean Partners (“MidOcean”), and is an affiliate of the sponsor, will purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of an initial business combination, subject to approval at such time by the MidOcean investment committee. The allocation of the forward purchase securities among the ultimate MidOcean funds that will be funding the forward purchase will be determined by MidOcean, in its sole discretion, at the time of an initial business combination. If the sale of the forward purchase units fails to close, for any reason, the Company may lack sufficient funds to consummate an initial business combination. The forward purchase shares and forward purchase warrants will be identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that they will be subject to certain registration rights.


NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 1,246,145 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 23,753,855 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption.

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 6,250,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders except as otherwise required by law.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of an initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of an initial business combination, excluding any forward purchase securities and Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to the sponsor, its affiliates or any member of the Company’s management team upon conversion of Working Capital Loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

Warrants — Public warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the public warrants. The public warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination and (b) one year from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The public warrants will expire five years from the completion of an initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a public warrant and will have no obligation to settle such public warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuanceshares of the Class A ordinary sharescommon stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating theretoto them is available subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration,and such shares are registered, qualified or a valid exemptionexempt from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of residence of the exercising holder,holder. The Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares of the Company’s common stock. The Warrants expire on July 16, 2026, the date that is five years after the Closing date, or an exemption is available.earlier upon redemption or liquidation. Additionally, the Private Warrants will be non-redeemable and are exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or any of its permitted transferees. If the Private Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.


The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days, aftermay redeem the Public Warrants at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon 30 days' notice if the closing price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share, subject to adjustments, on the trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given, provided there is an initial business combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC aeffective registration statement underand current prospectus in effect with respect to the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise ofunderlying such Warrants throughout the warrants,30-day redemption period. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and the Company will useissues a notice of redemption of the Warrants, the Warrant holder is entitled to exercise his, her or its commercially reasonable effortsWarrant prior to cause the samescheduled redemption date. Any such exercise requires the Warrant holder to become effective within 60 business days afterpay the exercise price for each Warrant being exercised.

Further, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants at a price of $0.10 per warrant upon 30 days' notice if the closing price of an initial business combination, andthe Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share, subject to maintainadjustments, on the effectivenesstrading day prior to the date on which notice of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary sharesredemption is given. Beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given until the warrants expire orWarrants are redeemed or exercised, holders may elect to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis and receive that number of shares of the Company’s common stock as specifieddetermined by reference to a table in the warrant agreement; provided that if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will use its commercially reasonably efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. agreement.

If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective bywithin 60 days following the 60th day after the closing of an initial business combination,Closing, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company has failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis”cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption, but the Company will use its commercially reasonablyreasonable best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption ofThe Company’s Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $18.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding public warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at a price of $0.01 per public warrant;
upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder and
if, and only if, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

Ifwere accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if the Company are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Class A Ordinary Share Equals or Exceeds $10.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares; and
if, and only if, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company send the notice of redemption to warrant holders.


The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, exceptpresented as described below, the public warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the public warrants. If the Company is unable to complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the trust account, holders of public warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their public warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the trust account with respect to such public warrants. Accordingly, the public warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of an initial business combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any founder shares held by the sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “newly issued price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of an initial business combinationwarrant liability on the date of the consummation of an initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of its Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial business combination (such price, the “market value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the market value and the newly issued price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the market value and the newly issued price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the market value and the newly issued price.

balance sheet. The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants underlying the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the private placement warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable, except as described above, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the private placement warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the public warrants.

NOTE 8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reportedwarrant liability was measured at fair value at each reporting period,inception and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported aton a recurring basis, with changes in fair value at least annually.

Therecognized as non-operating expense. As of December 31, 2021, a warrant liability with a fair value of $61,293 was reflected as a long-term liability in the consolidated balance sheet, and a $32,580 increase in the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have receivedwarrant liability was reflected as change in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets andwarrant liability in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for year ended December 31, 2021.

8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s financial liabilities the Company seekssubject to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assetsmeasurement on a recurring basis and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservablelevel of inputs used in order to valuefor such measurements were as follows:

 

 

Fair Value Measured as of December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Liabilities included in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liability (Public)

 

$

39,500

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

39,500

 

Warrant liability (Private)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

21,793

 

 

 

21,793

 

Earn-out liability

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

26,596

 

 

 

26,596

 

Total fair value

 

$

39,500

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

48,389

 

 

$

87,889

 

72


As of December 31, 2021, the assetsCompany's derivative liabilities for its private and liabilities:

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information aboutpublic warrants, the Company’s assets thatearn-out liability (see Note 2, “Business Combination and Acquisitions,” for more details), and the acquisition contingent consideration payable are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value for the private warrants, earn-out liability, and acquisition contingent consideration payable are determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3). The valuation of the Level 3 liabilities uses assumptions and estimates the Company believes would be made by a market participant in making the same valuation. The Company assesses these assumptions and estimates on an on-going basis as additional data impacting the assumptions and estimates are obtained. The Company uses a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of its private warrants and earn-out liability. The fair value of the public warrants is determined using publicly traded prices (Level 1). Changes in the fair value of the derivative liabilities related to warrants and the earn-out liability are recognized as non-operating expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Changes in the fair value of acquisition contingent consideration payable are recognized as acquisition and restructuring costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). As of December 31, 2020, the Company's financial liabilities subject to fair value measurement on a recurring basis consisted of acquisition contingent consideration payables of $9,200, for which the fair value was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3).

The fair value of private warrants was estimated as of December 31, 2021 using the Monte Carlo simulation model with the following assumptions:

 Valuation date price

 

$

12.99

 

 Strike price

 

$

11.50

 

 Remaining life

 

4.54 years

 

 Expected dividend

 

$

 

 Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.19

%

 Price threshold

 

$

18.00

 

The fair value of the earn-out liability was estimated as of December 31, 2021 using the Monte Carlo simulation model with the following assumptions:

Valuation date price

 

$

12.99

 

Expected term

 

6.54 years

 

Expected volatility

 

 

40.59

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.40

%

Price hurdle 1

 

$

13.00

 

Price hurdle 2

 

$

15.00

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses for which the carrying value approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt approximates fair value as the rates used approximate the market rates currently available to the Company. Fair value measurements used in the impairment reviews of goodwill and intangible assets are Level 3 measurements.

The reconciliation of changes in Level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Private Warrants

 

 

Acquisition Contingent Consideration

 

 

Earn-Out Liability

 

 

Total

 

Balance on December 31, 2020

 

$

0

 

 

$

9,200

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

9,200

 

Cash paid for contingent consideration

 

 

0

 

 

 

(26,573

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(26,573

)

Liabilities assumed in recapitalization

 

 

9,613

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

17,722

 

 

 

27,335

 

Losses included in earnings

 

 

12,180

 

 

 

17,373

 

 

 

8,874

 

 

 

38,427

 

Balance on December 31, 2021

 

$

21,793

 

 

$

 

 

$

26,596

 

 

$

48,389

 

73


9. REVENUE

The principal activity from which the Company generates its revenue is the manufacturing and distribution of after-market automotive parts for its customers, comprised of resellers and end users. The Company recognizes revenue at a point in time, rather than over time, as the performance obligation is satisfied when customer obtains control of the product upon title transfer and not as the product is manufactured or developed. The amount of revenue recognized is based on the purchase order price and adjusted for revenue allocated to variable consideration (i.e., estimated rebates, co-op advertising, etc.).

The Company collects sales tax and other taxes concurrent with revenue-producing activities which are excluded from revenue. Shipping and handling costs incurred after control of the product is transferred to our customers are treated as fulfillment costs and not a separate performance obligation.

The Company allows customers to return products when certain Company-established criteria are met. These sales returns are recorded as a charge against gross sales in the period in which the related sales are recognized, net of returns to stock. Returned products, which are recorded as inventories, are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The physical condition and marketability of the returned products are the major factors considered in estimating realizable value. The Company also estimates expected sales returns and records the necessary adjustment as a charge against gross sales.

The Company’s payment terms with customers are customary and vary by customer and geography but typically range from 30 to 365 days. The Company elected the practical expedient to disregard the possible existence of a significant financing component related to payment on contracts, as the Company expects that customers will pay for the products within one year. The Company has evaluated the terms of our arrangements and determined that they do not contain significant financing components. Additionally, as all contracts with customers have an expected duration of one year or less, the Company has elected the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of information regarding the aggregate amount and future timing of performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially satisfied as of the end of the reporting period. The Company provides limited warranties on most of its products against certain manufacturing and other defects. Provisions for estimated expenses related to product warranty are made at the time products are sold. Refer to Note 17 for more information.

The following table summarizes total revenue by product category:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Electronic systems

 

$

324,522

 

 

$

266,742

 

 

$

199,295

 

Mechanical systems

 

 

161,836

 

 

 

119,784

 

 

 

92,498

 

Exhaust

 

 

76,971

 

 

 

71,915

 

 

 

51,802

 

Accessories

 

 

63,427

 

 

 

38,543

 

 

 

25,068

 

Safety

 

 

66,091

 

 

 

7,195

 

 

 

 

Total sales

 

$

692,847

 

 

$

504,179

 

 

$

368,663

 

The following table summarizes total revenue based on geographic location from which the product is shipped:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

United States

 

$

674,491

 

 

$

502,661

 

 

$

368,663

 

Italy

 

 

18,356

 

 

 

1,518

 

 

 

 

Total sales

 

$

692,847

 

 

$

504,179

 

 

$

368,663

 

74


10. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) of the Company consisted of:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Current income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

7,422

 

 

$

(530

)

 

$

4,420

 

State

 

 

323

 

 

 

1,174

 

 

 

302

 

Foreign

 

 

2,602

 

 

 

1,668

 

 

 

1,894

 

Total current income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

10,347

 

 

 

2,312

 

 

 

6,616

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

823

 

 

 

7,136

 

 

 

(9,663

)

State

 

 

(552

)

 

 

(622

)

 

 

(1,826

)

Foreign

 

 

(189

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

82

 

 

 

6,514

 

 

 

(11,489

)

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

10,429

 

 

$

8,826

 

 

$

(4,873

)

The Company’s income before income taxes was subject to taxes in the following jurisdictions:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

United States

 

$

(24,772

)

 

$

37,548

 

 

$

(7,879

)

Foreign

 

 

8,062

 

 

 

4,135

 

 

 

3,567

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

(16,710

)

 

$

41,683

 

 

$

(4,312

)

Reported income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 differs from the “expected” tax expense (benefit), computed by applying the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate of 21% to income before income taxes as follows:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Expected tax expense (benefit) at U.S. Federal statutory rates

 

$

(3,510

)

 

$

8,753

 

 

$

(906

)

State income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(180

)

 

 

335

 

 

 

(1,005

)

Permanent tax differences

 

 

825

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

494

 

Global intangible low-taxed income

 

 

375

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

Foreign rate differential

 

 

719

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

369

 

Tax credit

 

 

(1,620

)

 

 

(646

)

 

 

(750

)

Earn-outs

 

 

5,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrants

 

 

6,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction costs

 

 

1,465

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

Other differences, net

 

 

43

 

 

 

(452

)

 

 

(3,075

)

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

10,429

 

 

$

8,826

 

 

$

(4,873

)

75


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves on assets

 

$

8,140

 

 

$

6,435

 

Liabilities not yet deductible

 

 

3,040

 

 

 

3,786

 

Interest expense limitation

 

 

7,863

 

 

 

5,491

 

Other

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

2,570

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

20,807

 

 

 

18,282

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradename

 

 

32,713

 

 

 

31,962

 

Intangible assets

 

 

43,965

 

 

 

45,956

 

Goodwill

 

 

7,969

 

 

 

5,743

 

Inventory

 

 

0

 

 

 

832

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

6,205

 

 

 

5,125

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

90,852

 

 

 

89,618

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

70,045

 

 

$

71,336

 

Based on the Company’s projected pretax earnings, reversal of deferred tax liabilities and other relevant factors, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 will be realized.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company's federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes were immaterial. A majority of the U.S. net operating loss carryforwards have no expiration date. The remaining state net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates through 2035. The entire amount of federal net operating loss carryforward of $865 and a significant portion of state net operating loss carryforward of $566 relate to acquisitions, and, as a result, are limited in the amount that can be recognized in any one year.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Under the accounting rules for income taxes, the Company is not permitted to recognize the tax benefit attributable to a tax position unless such position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals and litigation processes, based solely on the technical merits of the position. The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company recognizes interest on liabilities for uncertain tax positions in interest expense and would recognize penalties, if any, in operating expenses in its consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). In 2021 and 2020, the Company has 0t recognized any amount of interest and penalties for uncertain tax positions in its consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

The Company files federal, state, and non-U.S. tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions. For state and non-U.S. tax returns, the Company is generally no longer subject to tax examinations for years prior to 2012. For federal tax returns, the Company is no longer subject to tax examination for years prior to 2018. The federal tax returns for 2018 through 2020 remain open for examinations. State income tax returns remain open for examination in various states for tax years 2012 through 2020.

The Company's tax policy is to comply with the laws, regulations, and filing requirements of all jurisdictions in which it conducts business. Management regularly engages in discussions and negotiations with tax authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions. Although the timing of the resolutions and/or closures of audits is highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible, that certain U.S. federal and non-U.S. tax audits may be concluded within the next 12 months, which could significantly increase or decrease the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits. However, the estimated impact of income tax expense and net income is not expected to be significant.

76


11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(27,139

)

 

$

32,857

 

 

$

561

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average common shares

 

 

89,959,993

 

 

 

67,673,884

 

 

 

67,673,884

 

(Loss) earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.30

)

 

$

0.49

 

 

$

0.01

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.30

)

 

$

0.49

 

 

$

0.01

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share due to the anti-dilutive effect such shares would have on net loss per common share.

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Anti-dilutive securities excluded from calculation of
   diluted EPS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants

 

 

14,666,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

1,386,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

656,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earn-out shares

 

 

2,187,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total anti-dilutive securities

 

 

18,897,603

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

12. BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) for its employees. The Projected Unit Credit Actuarial Cost Method is used to determine the normal cost of the Plan and estimated pension benefit obligation. During 2002, the Plan was amended to curtail accrual of future benefits under the Plan. The pension plan assets are managed to maximize total return over the long term while providing sufficient liquidity and current return to satisfy the cash flow requirements of the plan. The plan’s day-to-day investment decisions are managed by our outside investment manager; however, overall investment strategies are discussed with our employee benefits committee. Our investment strategy is to weight our portfolio towards large-cap, high-quality, dividend-growing equities that we have historically favored. As our plan matures and interest rates normalize, we expect a greater allocation to fixed-income securities to better align asset and liability market risks. Our fixed-maturity bond portfolio is investment grade. The plan does not engage in derivative transactions.

On January 28, 2022, the Company approved the termination of our defined benefit pension plan, effective March 31, 2022. The distribution of the Plan assets pursuant to the termination will not be made until the plan termination satisfies all regulatory requirements, which is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2022. Plan participants will receive their full accrued benefits from plan assets by electing either lump sum distributions or annuity contracts with a qualifying third-party annuity provider. The resulting settlement effect of the Plan termination will be determined based on prevailing market conditions, the lump sum offer participation rate of eligible participants, the actual lump sum distributions, and annuity purchase rates at the date of distribution. As a result, we are currently unable to reasonably estimate either the timing or the final amount of such settlement charges. Based on the valuation performed as of December 31, 2021, the Plan has an underfunded status of $862.

77


The following table shows the changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets and the plan’s funded status.

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, January 1

 

$

6,551

 

 

$

5,993

 

Service cost

 

 

143

 

 

 

159

 

Interest cost

 

 

152

 

 

 

190

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(349

)

 

 

(339

)

Expenses paid

 

 

(135

)

 

 

(142

)

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

(258

)

 

 

690

 

Benefit obligation, December 31

 

$

6,104

 

 

$

6,551

 

Change in Plan Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, January 1

 

$

4,756

 

 

$

4,089

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

499

 

 

 

559

 

Employer contributions

 

 

471

 

 

 

589

 

Benefits paid from plan assets

 

 

(349

)

 

 

(339

)

Expenses paid

 

 

(135

)

 

 

(142

)

Fair value of plan net assets, December 31

 

$

5,242

 

 

$

4,756

 

Underfunded status at end of period

 

$

(862

)

 

$

(1,795

)

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

0

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

(862

)

 

 

(1,795

)

Net amount recorded

 

$

(862

)

 

$

(1,795

)

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Plan was $6,104 and $6,551 at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company made contributions of $471, $589 and $285 in 2021, 2020 and indicates2019, respectively. There were 0 participant contributions in 2021, 2020 or 2019.

Unrecognized actuarial losses are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The following table shows the balances reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income on a pre-tax basis for the periods presented:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

 

$

283

 

 

$

822

 

The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:

 

 

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Actuarial (gain) loss arising during measurement period

 

 

 

$

(513

)

 

$

386

 

Amortization of actuarial loss

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss

 

 

 

$

(538

)

 

$

386

 

The following summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension plan:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Components of expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

143

 

 

$

159

 

 

$

142

 

Interest cost

 

 

152

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

231

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(240

)

 

 

(255

)

 

 

(232

)

Amortization of net loss

 

 

25

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

80

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

141

 

78


Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net cost:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Discount rate

 

 

2.38

%

 

 

3.25

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

6.35

%

 

 

6.35

%

The Company uses a measurement date of December 31 for its defined benefit pension plan.

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Discount rate

 

 

2.78

%

 

 

2.38

%

In order to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. The fair value of the Plan assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, by asset category, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

$

789

 

 

$

1,562

 

Mutual funds

 

 

 

 

2,171

 

 

 

2,202

 

Corporate / government bonds

 

 

 

 

2,354

 

 

 

982

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

10

 

Total

 

 

 

$

5,334

 

 

$

4,756

 

79


Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Common Stock: The fair value of common stock investments is determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1 inputs).

Mutual Funds: The fair value of mutual fund investments is determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1 inputs).

Corporate/government bonds: The fair value of corporate/government bonds is based upon recent bid prices or the average of the recent bid and ask prices when available (Level 2 inputs) and if not available, they are valued through matrix pricing models developed by sources considered by management to be reliable. Matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique commonly used to price debt securities that are not actively traded, values debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs).

The fair value of Holley’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, by asset category using the Fair Value measurement hierarchy is shown in the table below. See Note 1, “Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for more details about fair value measurements.

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Common stock

 

$

789

 

 

$

789

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Mutual funds

 

 

2,171

 

 

 

2,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate / government bonds

 

 

2,354

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,354

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

5,334

 

 

$

2,960

 

 

$

2,374

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Common stock

 

$

1,562

 

 

$

1,562

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Mutual funds

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

2,022

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Corporate / government bonds

 

 

982

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

982

 

 

 

0

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

10

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

0

 

Total

 

$

4,756

 

 

$

3,584

 

 

$

992

 

 

$

0

 

Plan contributions are made and the actuarial present value of accumulated Plan benefits are reported based on certain assumptions pertaining to interest rates, inflation rates and employee demographics, all of which are subject to change. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation and assumption process, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in these estimates and assumptions in the near term would be material to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company generally funds accrued pension cost based on minimum Employee Retirement Income Security Act funding requirements.

Benefit payments are anticipated to be as follows:

2022

 

 

 

$

372

 

2023

 

 

 

 

374

 

2024

 

 

 

 

371

 

2025

 

 

 

 

371

 

2026

 

 

 

 

371

 

2027 - 2031

 

 

 

 

1,850

 

401(k) Plan

The Company has 401(k) savings plan for salaried and non-salaried employees. Participation in the plan is optional. The Company matches employee contributions up to 3.5% each pay period. The Company made matching contributions of $2,579, $1,997, and $1,141 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The Company had accrued $725 for Company match as of December 31, 2021, which is expected to be paid by the second quarter of 2022.

80


13. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

In 2021, the Company adopted the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which provides for the grant of restricted stock awards, incentive and nonqualified stock options, and other share based awards to employees, directors and non-employees. The 2021 Plan authorized 8,850,000 new shares of the Company’s common stock to be available for award grants. As of December 31, 2021, 6,797,101 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under the 2021 Plan.

Stock Options

Stock option grants have an exercise price at least equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, have ten-year terms, and vest ratably over three years of continued employment. In general, vested options expire if not exercised at termination of service. On July 16, 2021, the Company granted 1,394,008 options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock to key employees. These stock options had a weighted-average grant date fair value $3.88 per share and remain outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2021. Compensation expense for stock options is recorded based on straight-line amortization of the grant date fair value over the requisite service period.

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2021 is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Average

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Intrinsic Value

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Term

 

 

(in millions)

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

1,394,008

 

 

 

10.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(7,034

)

 

 

10.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

1,386,974

 

 

$

10.50

 

 

 

2.54

 

 

$

3.5

 

As of December 31, 2021, there was $4,582 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options that is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.5 years.

The fair value of each stock option granted on July 16, 2021 was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Weighted-average expected term

 

 

6.0

 

Expected volatility

 

 

40.3

%

Expected dividend

 

$

0

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.94

%

The expected term has been estimated using a simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual life of the awards since the Company does not have an extended history of actual exercises. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be 0 since the Company has never paid dividends and does not have current plans to pay any dividends. The risk-free interest rate is based on yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options. Expected volatility is based on an evenly weighted blend of implied volatility and historical volatility of publicly-traded peer companies since the Company has limited historical volatility.

81


Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) vest ratably over one to three years from the anniversary of the Closing Date, or July 16, 2021, and expire ten years from the date of grant. The fair value of a RSU at the grant date is equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. On September 23, 2021, the Company granted 658,891 RSUs to key employees and directors. These RSUs had a weighted-average grant date fair value of $12.06 per unit and remain outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2021. Compensation expense for RSUs is recorded based on amortization of the grant date fair market value over the period the restrictions lapse.

A summary of RSU activity during the year ended December 31, 2021 is presented below:

 

 

Unvested Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average Grant

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Date Fair Value

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

0

 

 

$

0

 

Granted

 

 

658,891

 

 

 

12.06

 

Forfeited

 

 

(2,406

)

 

 

12.06

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

656,485

 

 

$

12.06

 

As of December 31, 2021, there was $6,875 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs that is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 2.3 years.

Profit Interest Units

The Holley Stockholder has authorized an incentive pool of 41.4 million units of Parent that its management has the right to grant, which are designated as PIUs. Holley Stockholder grants certain employees of the Company PIU's, which are a special type of limited liability company equity unit that allows the recipient to potentially participate in a future increase in the value of the Company. PIUs are issued for no consideration and generally provide for vesting over the requisite service period, subject to the recipient remaining an employee of the Company through each vesting date. During 2021, the Holley Stockholder granted 6,546 PIUs that contained both time-based vesting criteria and performance-based vesting criteria related to the attainment of specified levels of return for certain other investors in Parent and the occurrence of certain events. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the PIUs granted in 2021 with performance-based vesting criteria was $1.25 and is being expensed over the requisite service period. During 2020 and 2019, the Holley Stockholder granted 4,507 and 2,967 PIUs, respectively, that contained certain performance vesting criteria related to the attainment of specified levels of return for certain other investors in Parent and the occurrence of certain events. The weighted-average grant date fair value of these performance based PIUs was $0.27 and $0.24 for grants in 2020 and 2019, respectively. NaN expense has been recorded for the 2020 or 2019 grants, as meeting the necessary performance conditions for vesting is not considered probable. Compensation expense related to PIUs is recorded based on the grant date fair value over the requisite service period.

The table below summarizes the PIU activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

 

Profit Interest Units

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Average Grant

 

 

 

Units

 

 

Date Fair Value

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

27,925

 

 

$

0.27

 

Granted

 

 

3,906

 

 

 

0.25

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

31,831

 

 

 

0.27

 

Granted

 

 

5,932

 

 

 

0.28

 

Forfeited

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

0.27

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

35,570

 

 

 

0.27

 

Granted

 

 

8,445

 

 

 

1.31

 

Forfeited

 

 

(2,921

)

 

 

0.30

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

41,094

 

 

$

0.50

 

82


As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the amount of unvested PIUs was 34,302, 32,383 and 30,323, respectively, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.48, $0.26 and $0.28 as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 3,629, 1,679 and 1,508 PIUs were fully vested, respectively, with a total grant-date fair value of $3,069, $487 and $437 in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $9,637 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested time-based PIUs that is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.6 years.

The fair value of PIUs is estimated on the grant date with the following assumptions:

 

For the years ended

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Weighted-average expected term

 

2.0

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

4.1

 

Expected volatility

 

55.0

%

 

 

72.5

%

 

 

72.5

%

Expected dividend

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.3

%

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

1.5

%

PIUs are measured at the estimated fair value on the measurement date, which is typically the grant date. The fair value of PIUs is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value hierarchyof PIUs at the grant date is affected by estimates involving inherent uncertainties, as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of the valuation inputsequity unit classes, value adjustments for a reduction in marketability, expected unit price volatility over the expected term of the units, unit redemption and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

The expected term has been estimated based on the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future unit holder behavior. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be 0 since the Company utilizedhas never paid dividends and does not have current plans to determine such fair value:pay any dividends. The risk-free interest rate is based on yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group. As the Parent is a private company and does not have a trading history for its equity units, the expected price volatility for the equity units is estimated by taking the average historical price volatility for industry peers. Industry peers, which the Company has designated, consist of several public companies in the industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage.

Description Level  December 31,
2020
 
Assets:       
Cash and marketable securities held in trust account 1  $250,052,906 

NOTE 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTSCompensation Expense

Equity-based compensation expense included the following components:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Stock options

 

$

824

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

1,070

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Profit interest units

 

 

3,069

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

437

 

All equity-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

83


14. LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent eventsis obligated under various operating leases for facilities, equipment and transactionsautomobiles. Leased facilities serve functions including distribution, engineering, manufacturing, office space, research and development, and retail sales. Leases have a remaining term of one to ten years some of which have an option to renew. The aggregate future minimum fixed lease obligations under operating leases for the Company as of December 31, 2021, are as follows:

2022

 

$

8,517

 

2023

 

 

6,320

 

2024

 

 

4,766

 

2025

 

 

2,995

 

2026

 

 

2,813

 

Thereafter

 

 

8,546

 

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, total rent expense under operating leases approximated $8,412, $4,688 and $4,737, respectively. Taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses relating to all leases are obligations of the Company.

15. MAJOR RESELLER CUSTOMERS

The Company's reseller customers include many large and well-known automotive parts retailers and distributors. The following table summarizes resellers that occurred afterindividually account for more than 5% of the Company’s net sales in any of the periods presented:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Customer A

 

 

19.3

%

 

 

21.5

%

 

 

20.0

%

Customer B

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

5.4

%

 

 

5.7

%

Customer C

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

5.6

%

The following reseller customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s account receivable balance sheet date upin any of the periods presented:

 

 

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Customer A

 

 

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

13.2

%

84


16.ACQUISITION, RESTRUCTURING AND MANAGEMENT FEE COSTS

The following table summarizes total acquisition, restructuring and management fee costs:

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions (1)

 

$

5,074

 

 

$

4,434

 

 

$

1,404

 

Restructuring (2)

 

 

1,465

 

 

 

5,309

 

 

 

3,538

 

Management fees (3)

 

 

25,789

 

 

 

6,089

 

 

 

3,662

 

Earn out adjustment (4)

 

 

17,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total acquisition, restructuring
   and management fees

 

$

49,501

 

 

$

15,832

 

 

$

8,604

 

(1)
Includes professional fees for legal, accounting, consulting, administrative, and other professional services directly attributable to potential acquisitions.
(2)
Includes costs incurred as part of the restructuring of operations including professional and consulting services.
(3)
Includes acquisition costs and management fees paid to Sentinel Capital Partners, including a fee of $23,275 paid in 2021 upon the Closing of the Business Combination. Director compensation of $90 attributable to Mr. Basham's and Mr. Coady's service on Holley's Board of Directors paid to Sentinel Capital Partners is included in selling, general, and administrative cost for the year ended December 31, 2021.
(4)
A fair value adjustment to the datecontingent consideration payable from the Simpson acquisition.

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is a party to various lawsuits and claims in the normal course of business. While the lawsuits and claims against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the ultimate resolution of the matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements were issued. Based upon this review,position or results of operations of the Company.

The Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosuregenerally warrants its products against certain manufacturing and other defects. These product warranties are provided for specific periods of time depending on the nature of the product. The accrued product warranty costs are based primarily on historical experience of actual warranty claims and are recorded at the time of the sale.

The following table provides the changes in the financial statements.Company's accrual for product warranties, which is classified as a component of accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

F-16

 

 

For the thirteen weeks ended

 

 

For the years ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Beginning balance

 

$

2,645

 

 

$

3,496

 

 

$

3,989

 

 

$

3,454

 

Accrued for current year
   warranty claims

 

 

4,722

 

 

 

3,614

 

 

 

10,185

 

 

 

11,251

 

Settlement of warranty claims

 

 

(3,373

)

 

 

(3,121

)

 

 

(10,180

)

 

 

(10,716

)

Ending balance

 

$

3,994

 

 

$

3,989

 

 

$

3,994

 

 

$

3,989

 

85


Exhibit Index

Exhibit No.

Description

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 11, 2021, by and among Empower Ltd., Empower Merger Sub I Inc., Empower Merger Sub II LLC and Holley Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021).

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated July 16, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

3.2

Bylaws of the Company, dated July 16, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

4.1

Description of Securities

4.2

Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-248899), filed with the SEC on September 25, 2020).

4.3

Warrant Agreement, dated October 6, 2020, by and between Empower Ltd. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 13, 2020).

4.4

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Holley Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (File No. 333-255133), filed with the SEC on May 25, 2021).

10.1

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2021, by and among Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC, Holley Parent Holdings LLC and Holley Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.2

Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2021, by and among Holley Inc., Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC, MidOcean Partners V, L.P., MidOcean Partners V Executive, L.P., Holley Parent Holdings, LLC, Sentinel Capital Partners V, L.P., Sentinel Capital Partners V-A, L.P., and Sentinel Capital Investors V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.3

Holley 2021 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed with the SEC on May 25, 2021).

10.4#

New Executive Agreement, effective July 16, 2021, by and among Holley Intermediate Holdings Inc. and Thomas W. Tomlinson (as assigned to Holley Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.5#

New Executive Agreement, effective July 16, 2021, by and among Holley Intermediate Holdings Inc. and Dominic Bardos (as assigned to Holley Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.6#

New Executive Agreement, effective July 16, 2021, by and among Holley Intermediate Holdings Inc. and Sean Crawford (as assigned to Holley Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.7#

New Executive Agreement, effective July 16, 2021, by and among Holley Intermediate Holdings Inc. and Terrill M. Rutledge (as assigned to Holley Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.8#

New Executive Agreement, effective July 16, 2021, by and among Holley Intermediate Holdings Inc. and Vinod Nimmagadda (as assigned to Holley Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.9#

Form of Indemnification Agreement of Holley Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.10#

Form of Option Grant Notice and Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.11#

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 21, 2021).

10.12

Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2021, between the Company, Sentinel Capital Partners, L.L.C., Owen Basham and James Coady (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 12, 2021).

10.13

Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2021, between the Company, MidOcean US Advisor, LP, Matthew Rubel and Graham Clempson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 12, 2021).

86


10.14

Credit Agreement dated as of November 18, 2021, by and among Holley Inc. as Borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, and other lender parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 19, 2021).

10.15

Amended and Restated Forward Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2021, by and between Empower Ltd. and Empower Funding LLC. as assigned to MidOcean Partners V, L.P. and MidOcean Partners V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-255133), filed with the SEC on April 8, 2021.

10.16

Form of Subscription Agreement, by and between Empower and the Subscriber party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021).

10.17

Sponsor Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2021, by and among Empower Ltd., Empower Sponsor Holdings LLC, and Holley Parent Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021).

10.18#

Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between Empower and Matthew Rubel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Empower’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

10.19#

Indemnity Agreement, dated October 9, 2020, between Empower and Gina Bianchini (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Empower’s Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2021).

21.1

Subsidiaries of Holley Inc. (incorporated[1] by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-255133), filed with the SEC on April 8, 2021).

23.1

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

24.1

Power of attorney (included in the signature page hereof).

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

87


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Holley Inc.

/s/ Tom Tomlinson

Tom Tomlinson

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 15, 2022

��

/s/ Dominic Bardos

Dominic Bardos

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 15, 2022

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Tom Tomlinson and Dominic Bardos, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or his substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

88


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/ Tom Tomlinson

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

March 15, 2022

        Tom Tomlinson

/S/ Dominic Bardos

Chief Financial Officer, (principal financial and accounting officer)

March 15, 2022

        Dominic Bardos

/S/ James Coady

Director

March 15, 2022

        James Coady

/S/ Owen Basham

Director

March 15, 2022

        Owen Basham

/S/ Gina Bianchini

Director

March 15, 2022

        Gina Bianchini

/S/ Michelle Gloeckler

Director

March 15, 2022

        Michelle Gloeckler

/S/ Matthew Rubel

Director

March 15, 2022

        Matthew Rubel

/S/ Ginger Jones

Director

March 15, 2022

        Ginger Jones

89